mirror of
https://github.com/neovim/neovim.git
synced 2025-10-18 15:51:50 +00:00
vim-patch:partial:c58f91c: runtime(doc): Whitespace updates (#36160)
Use double sentence spacing and wrap lines at 'textwidth'. Code
examples and tables were not wrapped unless this had already been done
locally.
closes: vim/vim#18453
c58f91c035
Fix incorrect docs in :h ModeChanged.
Cherry-pick :h bufnr() changes from patch 8.1.2080.
Co-authored-by: Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
This commit is contained in:
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ or <buffer=N>. See |autocmd-buflocal|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:autocmd-verbose*
|
*:autocmd-verbose*
|
||||||
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing an autocommand will also display where it
|
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing an autocommand will also display where it
|
||||||
was last defined. Example: >
|
was last defined. Example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:verbose autocmd BufEnter
|
:verbose autocmd BufEnter
|
||||||
FileExplorer BufEnter
|
FileExplorer BufEnter
|
||||||
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ColorScheme After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
|
|||||||
Not triggered if the color scheme is not
|
Not triggered if the color scheme is not
|
||||||
found.
|
found.
|
||||||
The pattern is matched against the
|
The pattern is matched against the
|
||||||
colorscheme name. <afile> can be used for the
|
colorscheme name. <afile> can be used for the
|
||||||
name of the actual file where this option was
|
name of the actual file where this option was
|
||||||
set, and <amatch> for the new colorscheme
|
set, and <amatch> for the new colorscheme
|
||||||
name.
|
name.
|
||||||
@@ -772,13 +772,13 @@ MenuPopup Just before showing the popup menu (under the
|
|||||||
c Command line
|
c Command line
|
||||||
tl Terminal
|
tl Terminal
|
||||||
*ModeChanged*
|
*ModeChanged*
|
||||||
ModeChanged After changing the mode. The pattern is
|
ModeChanged After changing the mode. The pattern is
|
||||||
matched against `'old_mode:new_mode'`, for
|
matched against `'old_mode:new_mode'`, for
|
||||||
example match against `*:c` to simulate
|
example match against `*:c*` to simulate
|
||||||
|CmdlineEnter|.
|
|CmdlineEnter|.
|
||||||
The following values of |v:event| are set:
|
The following values of |v:event| are set:
|
||||||
old_mode The mode before it changed.
|
old_mode The mode before it changed.
|
||||||
new_mode The new mode as also returned
|
new_mode The new mode as also returned
|
||||||
by |mode()| called with a
|
by |mode()| called with a
|
||||||
non-zero argument.
|
non-zero argument.
|
||||||
When ModeChanged is triggered, old_mode will
|
When ModeChanged is triggered, old_mode will
|
||||||
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ OptionSet After setting an option (except during
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|v:option_oldlocal| is only set when |:set|
|
|v:option_oldlocal| is only set when |:set|
|
||||||
or |:setlocal| or a |modeline| was used to set
|
or |:setlocal| or a |modeline| was used to set
|
||||||
the option. Similarly |v:option_oldglobal| is
|
the option. Similarly |v:option_oldglobal| is
|
||||||
only set when |:set| or |:setglobal| was used.
|
only set when |:set| or |:setglobal| was used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This does not set |<abuf>|, you could use
|
This does not set |<abuf>|, you could use
|
||||||
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ OptionSet After setting an option (except during
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that when setting a |global-local| option
|
Note that when setting a |global-local| option
|
||||||
with |:set|, then |v:option_old| is the old
|
with |:set|, then |v:option_old| is the old
|
||||||
global value. However, for all options that
|
global value. However, for all options that
|
||||||
are not global-local it is the old local
|
are not global-local it is the old local
|
||||||
value.
|
value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ OptionSet After setting an option (except during
|
|||||||
exist yet.
|
exist yet.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: Do not reset the same option during this
|
Note: Do not reset the same option during this
|
||||||
autocommand, that may break plugins. You can
|
autocommand, that may break plugins. You can
|
||||||
always use |:noautocmd| to prevent triggering
|
always use |:noautocmd| to prevent triggering
|
||||||
OptionSet.
|
OptionSet.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPre Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
|
|||||||
*QuickFixCmdPost*
|
*QuickFixCmdPost*
|
||||||
QuickFixCmdPost Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
|
QuickFixCmdPost Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
|
||||||
command is run, before jumping to the first
|
command is run, before jumping to the first
|
||||||
location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
|
location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
|
||||||
it is run after the error file is read and
|
it is run after the error file is read and
|
||||||
before moving to the first error.
|
before moving to the first error.
|
||||||
See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
|
See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
|
||||||
@@ -1507,8 +1507,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
|||||||
*<nomodeline>*
|
*<nomodeline>*
|
||||||
After applying the autocommands the modelines are
|
After applying the autocommands the modelines are
|
||||||
processed, so that their settings overrule the
|
processed, so that their settings overrule the
|
||||||
settings from autocommands when editing a file. This
|
settings from autocommands when editing a file. This
|
||||||
is skipped if <nomodeline> is specified. You probably
|
is skipped if <nomodeline> is specified. You probably
|
||||||
want to use <nomodeline> for events not used when
|
want to use <nomodeline> for events not used when
|
||||||
loading a buffer, such as |User|.
|
loading a buffer, such as |User|.
|
||||||
Modelines are also skipped when no matching
|
Modelines are also skipped when no matching
|
||||||
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
|||||||
loaded buffer. The current buffer is done last.
|
loaded buffer. The current buffer is done last.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that [fname] is used to select the autocommands,
|
Note that [fname] is used to select the autocommands,
|
||||||
not the buffers to which they are applied. Example: >
|
not the buffers to which they are applied. Example: >
|
||||||
augroup mine
|
augroup mine
|
||||||
autocmd!
|
autocmd!
|
||||||
autocmd FileType * echo expand('<amatch>')
|
autocmd FileType * echo expand('<amatch>')
|
||||||
|
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
|
|||||||
These commands delete text. You can repeat them with the `.` command
|
These commands delete text. You can repeat them with the `.` command
|
||||||
(except `:d`) and undo them. Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text. See
|
(except `:d`) and undo them. Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text. See
|
||||||
|registers| for an explanation of registers.
|
|registers| for an explanation of registers.
|
||||||
|
*d-special*
|
||||||
An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
|
An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
|
||||||
start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
|
start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
|
||||||
blanks before the start and there are no non-blanks after the end of the
|
blanks before the start and there are no non-blanks after the end of the
|
||||||
motion, the delete becomes linewise. This means that the delete also removes
|
motion, the delete becomes linewise. This means that the delete also removes
|
||||||
the line of blanks that you might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to
|
the line of blanks that you might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to
|
||||||
force the motion to be charwise.
|
force the motion to be charwise.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
|
Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
|
||||||
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g_CTRL-A*
|
*v_g_CTRL-A*
|
||||||
{Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
{Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
||||||
the highlighted text. If several lines are
|
the highlighted text. If several lines are
|
||||||
highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
|
highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
|
||||||
additional [count] (so effectively creating a
|
additional [count] (so effectively creating a
|
||||||
[count] incrementing sequence).
|
[count] incrementing sequence).
|
||||||
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g_CTRL-X*
|
*v_g_CTRL-X*
|
||||||
{Visual}g CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
{Visual}g CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
||||||
character in the highlighted text. If several lines
|
character in the highlighted text. If several lines
|
||||||
are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
|
are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
|
||||||
additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
|
additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
|
||||||
decrementing sequence).
|
decrementing sequence).
|
||||||
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ the |substitute()| function with the following exceptions:
|
|||||||
- magic is always set without regard to 'magic'.
|
- magic is always set without regard to 'magic'.
|
||||||
- A ~ inserts a tilde literally.
|
- A ~ inserts a tilde literally.
|
||||||
- <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M).
|
- <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M).
|
||||||
- \<CR> does not have a special meaning. It's just one of \x.
|
- \<CR> does not have a special meaning. It's just one of \x.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples: >
|
Examples: >
|
||||||
:s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g modifies "a b" to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx"
|
:s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g modifies "a b" to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx"
|
||||||
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ Examples: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word. This is
|
Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word. This is
|
||||||
not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
|
not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
|
||||||
out the "\L". Same for "\U\l".
|
out the "\L". Same for "\U\l".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way. Since this is
|
Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way. Since this is
|
||||||
not Vi compatible, this was removed. Use a backslash instead.
|
not Vi compatible, this was removed. Use a backslash instead.
|
||||||
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
The "\=" notation can also be used inside the third argument {sub} of
|
The "\=" notation can also be used inside the third argument {sub} of
|
||||||
|substitute()| function. In this case, the special meaning for characters as
|
|substitute()| function. In this case, the special meaning for characters as
|
||||||
mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does not apply at all. Especially, <CR> and
|
mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does not apply at all. Especially, <CR> and
|
||||||
<NL> are interpreted not as a line break but as a carriage-return and a
|
<NL> are interpreted not as a line break but as a carriage-return and a
|
||||||
new-line respectively.
|
new-line respectively.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1128,9 +1128,9 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
or 'a'.
|
or 'a'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
["x]zp or *zp* *zP*
|
["x]zp or *zp* *zP*
|
||||||
["x]zP Like "p" and "P", except without adding trailing spaces
|
["x]zP Like "p" and "P", except without adding trailing
|
||||||
when pasting a block. Thus the inserted text will not
|
spaces when pasting a block. Thus the inserted text
|
||||||
always be a rectangle. Especially useful in
|
will not always be a rectangle. Especially useful in
|
||||||
combination with |v_zy|.
|
combination with |v_zy|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this
|
You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this
|
||||||
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ putting the register after the selection and then deleting the selection.)
|
|||||||
selection, or clipboard) to the previously-selected text. Useful if you want
|
selection, or clipboard) to the previously-selected text. Useful if you want
|
||||||
to put that text somewhere else. But you cannot repeat the same change.
|
to put that text somewhere else. But you cannot repeat the same change.
|
||||||
*v_P*
|
*v_P*
|
||||||
|P| in Visual mode puts text without setting the default register. You can
|
|P| in Visual mode puts text without setting the default register. You can
|
||||||
repeat the change, but the deleted text cannot be used. If you do need it you
|
repeat the change, but the deleted text cannot be used. If you do need it you
|
||||||
can use |p| with another register. E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually
|
can use |p| with another register. E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually
|
||||||
select the text to replace and use "0p . You can repeat this as many times as
|
select the text to replace and use "0p . You can repeat this as many times as
|
||||||
@@ -1244,8 +1244,8 @@ text is less than one line (the small delete register is used then). An
|
|||||||
exception is made for the delete operator with these movement commands: |%|,
|
exception is made for the delete operator with these movement commands: |%|,
|
||||||
|(|, |)|, |`|, |/|, |?|, |n|, |N|, |{| and |}|.
|
|(|, |)|, |`|, |/|, |?|, |n|, |N|, |{| and |}|.
|
||||||
Register "1 is always used then (this is Vi compatible). The "- register is
|
Register "1 is always used then (this is Vi compatible). The "- register is
|
||||||
used as well if the delete is within a line. Note that these characters may be
|
used as well if the delete is within a line. Note that these characters may
|
||||||
mapped. E.g. |%| is mapped by the matchit plugin.
|
be mapped. E.g. |%| is mapped by the matchit plugin.
|
||||||
With each successive deletion or change, Vim shifts the previous contents
|
With each successive deletion or change, Vim shifts the previous contents
|
||||||
of register 1 into register 2, 2 into 3, and so forth, losing the previous
|
of register 1 into register 2, 2 into 3, and so forth, losing the previous
|
||||||
contents of register 9.
|
contents of register 9.
|
||||||
@@ -1550,11 +1550,11 @@ type of comment string. A part consists of:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
e End of a three-piece comment
|
e End of a three-piece comment
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
l Left align. Used together with 's' or 'e', the leftmost character of
|
l Left align. Used together with 's' or 'e', the leftmost character of
|
||||||
start or end will line up with the leftmost character from the middle.
|
start or end will line up with the leftmost character from the middle.
|
||||||
This is the default and can be omitted. See below for more details.
|
This is the default and can be omitted. See below for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
r Right align. Same as above but rightmost instead of leftmost. See
|
r Right align. Same as above but rightmost instead of leftmost. See
|
||||||
below for more details.
|
below for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
O Don't consider this comment for the "O" command.
|
O Don't consider this comment for the "O" command.
|
||||||
@@ -1566,8 +1566,8 @@ type of comment string. A part consists of:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
{digits}
|
{digits}
|
||||||
When together with 's' or 'e': add {digit} amount of offset to an
|
When together with 's' or 'e': add {digit} amount of offset to an
|
||||||
automatically inserted middle or end comment leader. The offset begins
|
automatically inserted middle or end comment leader. The offset
|
||||||
from a left alignment. See below for more details.
|
begins from a left alignment. See below for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-{digits}
|
-{digits}
|
||||||
Like {digits} but reduce the indent. This only works when there is
|
Like {digits} but reduce the indent. This only works when there is
|
||||||
@@ -1606,18 +1606,18 @@ part which is longer, the end part is used. This makes a C style comment work
|
|||||||
without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
|
without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
|
Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
|
||||||
(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string: >vim
|
(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string: >vim
|
||||||
:set comments=sr:/***,m:**,ex-2:******/
|
:set comments=sr:/***,m:**,ex-2:******/
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
/*** ~
|
/***
|
||||||
**<--right aligned from "r" flag ~
|
**<--right aligned from "r" flag
|
||||||
** ~
|
**
|
||||||
offset 2 spaces for the "-2" flag-->** ~
|
offset 2 spaces for the "-2" flag-->**
|
||||||
******/ ~
|
******/
|
||||||
In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
|
In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
|
||||||
then "/" was pressed to end the comment.
|
then "/" was pressed to end the comment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Here are some finer points of three part comments. There are three times when
|
Here are some finer points of three part comments. There are three times when
|
||||||
alignment and offset flags are taken into consideration: opening a new line
|
alignment and offset flags are taken into consideration: opening a new line
|
||||||
after a start-comment, opening a new line before an end-comment, and
|
after a start-comment, opening a new line before an end-comment, and
|
||||||
automatically ending a three-piece comment. The end alignment flag has a
|
automatically ending a three-piece comment. The end alignment flag has a
|
||||||
@@ -1628,11 +1628,11 @@ will override the "r" and "l" flag.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Enabling 'cindent' will override the alignment flags in many cases.
|
Enabling 'cindent' will override the alignment flags in many cases.
|
||||||
Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
|
Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
|
||||||
alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
|
alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
|
||||||
formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional options
|
formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional
|
||||||
for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many three piece
|
options for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many
|
||||||
indent alignments. However, 'indentexpr' has the ability to work better with
|
three piece indent alignments. However, 'indentexpr' has the ability to work
|
||||||
three piece comments.
|
better with three piece comments.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Other examples: >
|
Other examples: >
|
||||||
"b:*" Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
|
"b:*" Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
|
||||||
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ B When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
|
|||||||
1 Don't break a line after a one-letter word. It's broken before it
|
1 Don't break a line after a one-letter word. It's broken before it
|
||||||
instead (if possible).
|
instead (if possible).
|
||||||
*fo-]*
|
*fo-]*
|
||||||
] Respect 'textwidth' rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
|
] Respect 'textwidth' rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
|
||||||
longer than 'textwidth', unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
|
longer than 'textwidth', unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
|
||||||
impossible. Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
|
impossible. Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
|
||||||
"utf-8".
|
"utf-8".
|
||||||
@@ -1764,8 +1764,8 @@ Note that when 'textwidth' is 0, Vim does no automatic formatting anyway (but
|
|||||||
does insert comment leaders according to the 'comments' option). An exception
|
does insert comment leaders according to the 'comments' option). An exception
|
||||||
is when the 'a' flag is present. |auto-format|
|
is when the 'a' flag is present. |auto-format|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that 'textwidth' can be non-zero even if Vim never performs auto-wrapping;
|
Note that 'textwidth' can be non-zero even if Vim never performs
|
||||||
'textwidth' is still useful for formatting with "gq".
|
auto-wrapping; 'textwidth' is still useful for formatting with "gq".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the 'comments' option includes "/*", "*" and/or "*/", then Vim has some
|
If the 'comments' option includes "/*", "*" and/or "*/", then Vim has some
|
||||||
built in stuff to treat these types of comments a bit more cleverly.
|
built in stuff to treat these types of comments a bit more cleverly.
|
||||||
@@ -1852,8 +1852,8 @@ Also see |:uniq|.
|
|||||||
*:sort-l*
|
*:sort-l*
|
||||||
With [l] sort uses the current collation locale.
|
With [l] sort uses the current collation locale.
|
||||||
Implementation details: strcoll() is used to compare
|
Implementation details: strcoll() is used to compare
|
||||||
strings. See |:language| to check or set the collation
|
strings. See |:language| to check or set the collation
|
||||||
locale. Example: >
|
locale. Example: >
|
||||||
:language collate en_US.UTF-8
|
:language collate en_US.UTF-8
|
||||||
:%sort l
|
:%sort l
|
||||||
< |v:collate| can also used to check the current locale.
|
< |v:collate| can also used to check the current locale.
|
||||||
|
@@ -157,7 +157,8 @@ CTRL-R {register} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
|
|||||||
the last delete or yank
|
the last delete or yank
|
||||||
'%' the current file name
|
'%' the current file name
|
||||||
'#' the alternate file name
|
'#' the alternate file name
|
||||||
"*" the clipboard contents (X11: primary selection)
|
"*" the clipboard contents (X11: primary
|
||||||
|
selection)
|
||||||
'+' the clipboard contents
|
'+' the clipboard contents
|
||||||
'/' the last search pattern
|
'/' the last search pattern
|
||||||
':' the last command-line
|
':' the last command-line
|
||||||
@@ -416,7 +417,8 @@ CTRL-D List names that match the pattern in front of the cursor.
|
|||||||
then go to the previous match.
|
then go to the previous match.
|
||||||
*c_CTRL-N*
|
*c_CTRL-N*
|
||||||
CTRL-N After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to next
|
CTRL-N After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to next
|
||||||
match. Otherwise recall more recent command-line from history.
|
match. Otherwise recall more recent command-line from
|
||||||
|
history.
|
||||||
*c_CTRL-P*
|
*c_CTRL-P*
|
||||||
CTRL-P After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to
|
CTRL-P After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to
|
||||||
previous match. Otherwise recall older command-line from
|
previous match. Otherwise recall older command-line from
|
||||||
@@ -684,9 +686,9 @@ See also |`=|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:_!*
|
*:_!*
|
||||||
The '!' (bang) character after an Ex command makes the command behave in a
|
The '!' (bang) character after an Ex command makes the command behave in a
|
||||||
different way. The '!' should be placed immediately after the command, without
|
different way. The '!' should be placed immediately after the command,
|
||||||
any blanks in between. If you insert blanks the '!' will be seen as an
|
without any blanks in between. If you insert blanks the '!' will be seen as
|
||||||
argument for the command, which has a different meaning. For example:
|
an argument for the command, which has a different meaning. For example:
|
||||||
:w! name write the current buffer to file "name", overwriting
|
:w! name write the current buffer to file "name", overwriting
|
||||||
any existing file
|
any existing file
|
||||||
:w !name send the current buffer as standard input to command
|
:w !name send the current buffer as standard input to command
|
||||||
@@ -1024,8 +1026,10 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
|
|||||||
*filename-modifiers*
|
*filename-modifiers*
|
||||||
*:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
|
*:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
|
||||||
*%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
|
*%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
|
||||||
The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<script>",
|
The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>",
|
||||||
"<afile>" or "<abuf>". They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
|
"<script>", "<afile>" or "<abuf>". They are also used with the |fnamemodify()|
|
||||||
|
function.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These modifiers can be given, in this order:
|
These modifiers can be given, in this order:
|
||||||
:p Make file name a full path. Must be the first modifier. Also
|
:p Make file name a full path. Must be the first modifier. Also
|
||||||
changes "~/" (and "~user/" for Unix) to the path for the home
|
changes "~/" (and "~user/" for Unix) to the path for the home
|
||||||
@@ -1076,7 +1080,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
|
|||||||
Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub". Otherwise
|
Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub". Otherwise
|
||||||
this works like ":s".
|
this works like ":s".
|
||||||
:S Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see
|
:S Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see
|
||||||
|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
|
|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
|
||||||
:!dir <cfile>:S
|
:!dir <cfile>:S
|
||||||
:call system('chmod +w -- ' .. expand('%:S'))
|
:call system('chmod +w -- ' .. expand('%:S'))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1157,9 +1161,9 @@ special meaning. Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have
|
|||||||
to type the backslash twice.
|
to type the backslash twice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
An exception is the '$' sign. It is a valid character in a file name. But
|
An exception is the '$' sign. It is a valid character in a file name. But
|
||||||
to avoid a file name like "$home" to be interpreted as an environment variable,
|
to avoid a file name like "$home" to be interpreted as an environment
|
||||||
it needs to be preceded by a backslash. Therefore you need to use "/\$home"
|
variable, it needs to be preceded by a backslash. Therefore you need to use
|
||||||
for the file "$home" in the root directory. A few examples:
|
"/\$home" for the file "$home" in the root directory. A few examples:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILE NAME INTERPRETED AS ~
|
FILE NAME INTERPRETED AS ~
|
||||||
$home expanded to value of environment var $home
|
$home expanded to value of environment var $home
|
||||||
|
@@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
|
|||||||
Felix von Leitner Previous maintainer of Vim Mailing Lists
|
Felix von Leitner Previous maintainer of Vim Mailing Lists
|
||||||
David Leonard Port of Python extensions to Unix
|
David Leonard Port of Python extensions to Unix
|
||||||
Avner Lottem Edit in right-to-left windows
|
Avner Lottem Edit in right-to-left windows
|
||||||
Flemming Madsen X11 client-server, various features and patches
|
Flemming Madsen X11 client-server, various features and
|
||||||
|
patches
|
||||||
Tony Mechelynck answers many user questions
|
Tony Mechelynck answers many user questions
|
||||||
Paul Moore Python interface extensions, many patches
|
Paul Moore Python interface extensions, many patches
|
||||||
Katsuhito Nagano Work on multibyte versions
|
Katsuhito Nagano Work on multibyte versions
|
||||||
|
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ some steps to provide a useful bug report.
|
|||||||
3.1 GENERIC ~
|
3.1 GENERIC ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You must obtain the debugger symbols (PDB) file for your executable: gvim.pdb
|
You must obtain the debugger symbols (PDB) file for your executable: gvim.pdb
|
||||||
for gvim.exe, or vim.pdb for vim.exe. The PDB should be available from the
|
for gvim.exe, or vim.pdb for vim.exe. The PDB should be available from the
|
||||||
same place that you obtained the executable. Be sure to use the PDB that
|
same place that you obtained the executable. Be sure to use the PDB that
|
||||||
matches the EXE (same date).
|
matches the EXE (same date).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you built the executable yourself with the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler,
|
If you built the executable yourself with the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler,
|
||||||
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ If you have a non-free version of Visual Studio, you can save a minidump via
|
|||||||
the Debug menu and send it with the bug report. A minidump is a small file
|
the Debug menu and send it with the bug report. A minidump is a small file
|
||||||
(<100KB), which contains information about the state of your process.
|
(<100KB), which contains information about the state of your process.
|
||||||
Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition cannot save minidumps and it cannot be
|
Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition cannot save minidumps and it cannot be
|
||||||
installed as a just-in-time debugger. Use WinDbg, |debug-windbg|, if you
|
installed as a just-in-time debugger. Use WinDbg, |debug-windbg|, if you
|
||||||
need to save minidumps or you want a just-in-time (postmortem) debugger.
|
need to save minidumps or you want a just-in-time (postmortem) debugger.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*debug-windbg*
|
*debug-windbg*
|
||||||
@@ -123,21 +123,21 @@ See |get-ms-debuggers| to obtain a copy of WinDbg.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
As with the Visual Studio IDE, you can attach WinDbg to a running Vim process.
|
As with the Visual Studio IDE, you can attach WinDbg to a running Vim process.
|
||||||
You can also have your system automatically invoke WinDbg as a postmortem
|
You can also have your system automatically invoke WinDbg as a postmortem
|
||||||
debugger. To set WinDbg as your postmortem debugger, run "windbg -I".
|
debugger. To set WinDbg as your postmortem debugger, run "windbg -I".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To attach WinDbg to a running Vim process, launch WinDbg. On the File menu,
|
To attach WinDbg to a running Vim process, launch WinDbg. On the File menu,
|
||||||
choose Attach to a Process. Select the Vim process and click OK.
|
choose Attach to a Process. Select the Vim process and click OK.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
At this point, choose Symbol File Path on the File menu, and add the folder
|
At this point, choose Symbol File Path on the File menu, and add the folder
|
||||||
containing your Vim PDB to the sympath. If you have Vim source available,
|
containing your Vim PDB to the sympath. If you have Vim source available,
|
||||||
use Source File Path on the File menu. You can now open source files in WinDbg
|
use Source File Path on the File menu. You can now open source files in
|
||||||
and set breakpoints, if you like. Reproduce your crash. WinDbg should open the
|
WinDbg and set breakpoints, if you like. Reproduce your crash. WinDbg should
|
||||||
source file at the point of the crash. Using the View menu, you can examine
|
open the source file at the point of the crash. Using the View menu, you can
|
||||||
the call stack, local variables, watch windows, and so on.
|
examine the call stack, local variables, watch windows, and so on.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If WinDbg is your postmortem debugger, you do not need to attach WinDbg to
|
If WinDbg is your postmortem debugger, you do not need to attach WinDbg to
|
||||||
your Vim process. Simply reproduce the crash and WinDbg will launch
|
your Vim process. Simply reproduce the crash and WinDbg will launch
|
||||||
automatically. As above, set the Symbol File Path and the Source File Path.
|
automatically. As above, set the Symbol File Path and the Source File Path.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To save a minidump, type the following at the WinDbg command line: >
|
To save a minidump, type the following at the WinDbg command line: >
|
||||||
.dump vim.dmp
|
.dump vim.dmp
|
||||||
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ To save a minidump, type the following at the WinDbg command line: >
|
|||||||
If you have a minidump file, you can open it in Visual Studio or in WinDbg.
|
If you have a minidump file, you can open it in Visual Studio or in WinDbg.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Visual Studio 2005: on the File menu, choose Open, then Project/Solution.
|
In Visual Studio 2005: on the File menu, choose Open, then Project/Solution.
|
||||||
Navigate to the .dmp file and open it. Now press F5 to invoke the debugger.
|
Navigate to the .dmp file and open it. Now press F5 to invoke the debugger.
|
||||||
Follow the instructions in |debug-vs2005| to set the Symbol File Path.
|
Follow the instructions in |debug-vs2005| to set the Symbol File Path.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In WinDbg: choose Open Crash Dump on the File menu. Follow the instructions in
|
In WinDbg: choose Open Crash Dump on the File menu. Follow the instructions
|
||||||
|debug-windbg| to set the Symbol File Path.
|
in |debug-windbg| to set the Symbol File Path.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*get-ms-debuggers*
|
*get-ms-debuggers*
|
||||||
3.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
|
3.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
|
||||||
|
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ See `:diffoff` for an easy way to revert the options.
|
|||||||
The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer. Thus if you
|
The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer. Thus if you
|
||||||
make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
|
make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
|
||||||
diffs. You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
|
diffs. You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
|
||||||
immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff command.
|
immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff
|
||||||
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In your vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
|
In your vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
|
||||||
diff mode. You could use a construct like this: >
|
diff mode. You could use a construct like this: >
|
||||||
@@ -279,7 +280,7 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*do*
|
*do*
|
||||||
[count]do Same as ":diffget" without range. The "o" stands for "obtain"
|
[count]do Same as ":diffget" without range. The "o" stands for "obtain"
|
||||||
("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of "dgg"!). Note:
|
("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of "dgg"!). Note:
|
||||||
this doesn't work in Visual mode.
|
this doesn't work in Visual mode.
|
||||||
If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
|
If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
|
||||||
for ":diffget".
|
for ":diffget".
|
||||||
@@ -452,7 +453,7 @@ Also see 'diffopt' and the "diff" item of 'fillchars'.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*diff-slow* *diff_translations*
|
*diff-slow* *diff_translations*
|
||||||
For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
|
For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
|
||||||
since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
|
since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
|
||||||
localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
|
localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
|
||||||
g:diff_translations to zero: >
|
g:diff_translations to zero: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ The `redraw!` command may not be needed, depending on whether executing a
|
|||||||
shell command shows something on the display or not.
|
shell command shows something on the display or not.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the 'diffexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
|
If the 'diffexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
|
||||||
with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
|
with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
|
||||||
set diffexpr=s:MyDiffExpr()
|
set diffexpr=s:MyDiffExpr()
|
||||||
set diffexpr=<SID>SomeDiffExpr()
|
set diffexpr=<SID>SomeDiffExpr()
|
||||||
Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
|
Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
|
||||||
@@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ directory are accidentally patched. Vim will also delete files starting with
|
|||||||
v:fname_in and ending in ".rej" and ".orig".
|
v:fname_in and ending in ".rej" and ".orig".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the 'patchexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
|
If the 'patchexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
|
||||||
with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
|
with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
|
||||||
set patchexpr=s:MyPatchExpr()
|
set patchexpr=s:MyPatchExpr()
|
||||||
set patchexpr=<SID>SomePatchExpr()
|
set patchexpr=<SID>SomePatchExpr()
|
||||||
Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
|
Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
|
||||||
|
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ mode. After leaving the Insert mode everything is fine. On some Unix systems
|
|||||||
this means you have to define the environment-variable LC_CTYPE. If you are
|
this means you have to define the environment-variable LC_CTYPE. If you are
|
||||||
using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: >
|
using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: >
|
||||||
setenv LC_CTYPE en_US.utf8
|
setenv LC_CTYPE en_US.utf8
|
||||||
(or similar for a different language or country). The value must be a valid
|
(or similar for a different language or country). The value must be a valid
|
||||||
locale on your system, i.e. on Unix-like systems it must be present in the
|
locale on your system, i.e. on Unix-like systems it must be present in the
|
||||||
output of >
|
output of >
|
||||||
locale -a
|
locale -a
|
||||||
|
@@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ set, Vim renames or copies the original file before it will be overwritten.
|
|||||||
You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file. See
|
You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file. See
|
||||||
also the 'patchmode' option. The name of the backup file is normally the same
|
also the 'patchmode' option. The name of the backup file is normally the same
|
||||||
as the original file with 'backupext' appended. The default "~" is a bit
|
as the original file with 'backupext' appended. The default "~" is a bit
|
||||||
strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files. If you prefer ".bak"
|
strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files. If you prefer
|
||||||
change the 'backupext' option. The backup file can be placed in another
|
".bak" change the 'backupext' option. The backup file can be placed in
|
||||||
directory by setting 'backupdir'.
|
another directory by setting 'backupdir'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you started editing without giving a file name, "No File" is displayed in
|
When you started editing without giving a file name, "No File" is displayed in
|
||||||
messages. If the ":write" command is used with a file name argument, the file
|
messages. If the ":write" command is used with a file name argument, the file
|
||||||
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
|||||||
Mnemonic: "goto file".
|
Mnemonic: "goto file".
|
||||||
Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
|
Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
|
||||||
are supposed to be in a file name. Trailing
|
are supposed to be in a file name. Trailing
|
||||||
punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
|
punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
|
||||||
spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
|
spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
|
||||||
Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
|
Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
|
||||||
look for the file. See the 'path' option for details
|
look for the file. See the 'path' option for details
|
||||||
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
|||||||
the file.
|
the file.
|
||||||
The file name and the number must be separated by a
|
The file name and the number must be separated by a
|
||||||
non-filename (see 'isfname') and non-numeric
|
non-filename (see 'isfname') and non-numeric
|
||||||
character. " line " is also recognized, like it is
|
character. " line " is also recognized, like it is
|
||||||
used in the output of `:verbose command UserCmd`
|
used in the output of `:verbose command UserCmd`
|
||||||
White space between the filename, the separator and
|
White space between the filename, the separator and
|
||||||
the number are ignored.
|
the number are ignored.
|
||||||
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*starstar-wildcard*
|
*starstar-wildcard*
|
||||||
Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, macOS and a few other systems (but
|
Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, macOS and a few other systems (but
|
||||||
it may depend on your 'shell' setting on Unix and macOS. It's known to work
|
it may depend on your 'shell' setting on Unix and macOS. It's known to work
|
||||||
correctly for zsh; for bash this requires at least bash version >= 4.X).
|
correctly for zsh; for bash this requires at least bash version >= 4.X).
|
||||||
This allows searching a directory tree. This goes up to 100 directories deep.
|
This allows searching a directory tree. This goes up to 100 directories deep.
|
||||||
Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
|
Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
|
||||||
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Finds files:
|
|||||||
a/b/c/d/ccc.txt ~
|
a/b/c/d/ccc.txt ~
|
||||||
When non-wildcard characters are used right before or after "**" these are
|
When non-wildcard characters are used right before or after "**" these are
|
||||||
only matched in the top directory. They are not used for directories further
|
only matched in the top directory. They are not used for directories further
|
||||||
down in the tree. For example: >
|
down in the tree. For example: >
|
||||||
:n /usr/inc**/types.h
|
:n /usr/inc**/types.h
|
||||||
Finds files:
|
Finds files:
|
||||||
/usr/include/types.h ~
|
/usr/include/types.h ~
|
||||||
@@ -382,9 +382,9 @@ argument, for example: >
|
|||||||
Vim will run the command in backticks using the 'shell' and use the standard
|
Vim will run the command in backticks using the 'shell' and use the standard
|
||||||
output as argument for the given Vim command (error messages from the shell
|
output as argument for the given Vim command (error messages from the shell
|
||||||
command will be discarded).
|
command will be discarded).
|
||||||
To see what shell command Vim is running, set the 'verbose' option to 4. When
|
To see what shell command Vim is running, set the 'verbose' option to 4. When
|
||||||
the shell command returns a non-zero exit code, an error message will be
|
the shell command returns a non-zero exit code, an error message will be
|
||||||
displayed and the Vim command will be aborted. To avoid this make the shell
|
displayed and the Vim command will be aborted. To avoid this make the shell
|
||||||
always return zero like so: >
|
always return zero like so: >
|
||||||
:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print \|\| true`
|
:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print \|\| true`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
[count] is used like with |:argadd|.
|
[count] is used like with |:argadd|.
|
||||||
If the current file cannot be |abandon|ed {name}s will
|
If the current file cannot be |abandon|ed {name}s will
|
||||||
still be added to the argument list, but won't be
|
still be added to the argument list, but won't be
|
||||||
edited. No check for duplicates is done.
|
edited. No check for duplicates is done.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]arga[dd] {name} ... *:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
|
:[count]arga[dd] {name} ... *:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
|
||||||
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ exist, the next-higher scope in the hierarchy applies.
|
|||||||
Also see |getcwd()|.
|
Also see |getcwd()|.
|
||||||
*:pwd-verbose*
|
*:pwd-verbose*
|
||||||
When 'verbose' is non-zero, |:pwd| will also display
|
When 'verbose' is non-zero, |:pwd| will also display
|
||||||
what scope the current directory was set. Example: >
|
what scope the current directory was set. Example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
" Set by :cd
|
" Set by :cd
|
||||||
:verbose pwd
|
:verbose pwd
|
||||||
@@ -1577,24 +1577,24 @@ If it has changed, Vim will ask if you really want to overwrite the file:
|
|||||||
WARNING: The file has been changed since reading it!!!
|
WARNING: The file has been changed since reading it!!!
|
||||||
Do you really want to write to it (y/n)?
|
Do you really want to write to it (y/n)?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you hit 'y' Vim will continue writing the file. If you hit 'n' the write is
|
If you hit 'y' Vim will continue writing the file. If you hit 'n' the write
|
||||||
aborted. If you used ":wq" or "ZZ" Vim will not exit, you will get another
|
is aborted. If you used ":wq" or "ZZ" Vim will not exit, you will get another
|
||||||
chance to write the file.
|
chance to write the file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The message would normally mean that somebody has written to the file after
|
The message would normally mean that somebody has written to the file after
|
||||||
the edit session started. This could be another person, in which case you
|
the edit session started. This could be another person, in which case you
|
||||||
probably want to check if your changes to the file and the changes from the
|
probably want to check if your changes to the file and the changes from the
|
||||||
other person should be merged. Write the file under another name and check for
|
other person should be merged. Write the file under another name and check
|
||||||
differences (the "diff" program can be used for this).
|
for differences (the "diff" program can be used for this).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
It is also possible that you modified the file yourself, from another edit
|
It is also possible that you modified the file yourself, from another edit
|
||||||
session or with another command (e.g., a filter command). Then you will know
|
session or with another command (e.g., a filter command). Then you will know
|
||||||
which version of the file you want to keep.
|
which version of the file you want to keep.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem. On Unix it is
|
The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem. On Unix it is
|
||||||
usually sub-second. With old file systems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
|
usually sub-second. With old file systems and on MS-Windows it is normally
|
||||||
second. Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks are
|
one second. Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks
|
||||||
available.
|
are available.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There is one situation where you get the message while there is nothing wrong:
|
There is one situation where you get the message while there is nothing wrong:
|
||||||
On a Win32 system on the day daylight saving time starts. There is something
|
On a Win32 system on the day daylight saving time starts. There is something
|
||||||
@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ There are three different types of searching:
|
|||||||
- It ONLY matches directories.
|
- It ONLY matches directories.
|
||||||
- It matches up to 30 directories deep by default, so you can use it to
|
- It matches up to 30 directories deep by default, so you can use it to
|
||||||
search an entire directory tree
|
search an entire directory tree
|
||||||
- The maximum number of levels matched can be given by appending a number
|
- The maximum number of levels matched can be given by appending a
|
||||||
to "**".
|
number to "**".
|
||||||
Thus '/usr/**2' can match: >
|
Thus '/usr/**2' can match: >
|
||||||
/usr
|
/usr
|
||||||
/usr/include
|
/usr/include
|
||||||
|
@@ -489,12 +489,13 @@ g:changelog_new_date_format
|
|||||||
%% insert a single '%' character
|
%% insert a single '%' character
|
||||||
%d insert the date from above
|
%d insert the date from above
|
||||||
%u insert the user from above
|
%u insert the user from above
|
||||||
%p insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
|
%p insert result of
|
||||||
|
b:changelog_entry_prefix
|
||||||
%c where to position cursor when done
|
%c where to position cursor when done
|
||||||
The default is "%d %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n", which produces
|
The default is "%d %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n", which
|
||||||
something like (| is where cursor will be, unless at
|
produces something like (| is where cursor will be,
|
||||||
the start of the line where it denotes the beginning
|
unless at the start of the line where it denotes the
|
||||||
of the line) >
|
beginning of the line) >
|
||||||
|2003-01-14 Full Name <user@host>
|
|2003-01-14 Full Name <user@host>
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
| * prefix|
|
| * prefix|
|
||||||
@@ -503,7 +504,8 @@ g:changelog_new_entry_format
|
|||||||
The format used when creating a new entry.
|
The format used when creating a new entry.
|
||||||
The following table describes special tokens in the
|
The following table describes special tokens in the
|
||||||
string:
|
string:
|
||||||
%p insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
|
%p insert result of
|
||||||
|
b:changelog_entry_prefix
|
||||||
%c where to position cursor when done
|
%c where to position cursor when done
|
||||||
The default is "\t*%c", which produces something
|
The default is "\t*%c", which produces something
|
||||||
similar to >
|
similar to >
|
||||||
@@ -563,8 +565,9 @@ Options:
|
|||||||
'expandtab' is switched on to avoid tabs as required by the Fortran
|
'expandtab' is switched on to avoid tabs as required by the Fortran
|
||||||
standards unless the user has set fortran_have_tabs in vimrc.
|
standards unless the user has set fortran_have_tabs in vimrc.
|
||||||
'textwidth' is set to 80 for fixed source format whereas it is set to 132
|
'textwidth' is set to 80 for fixed source format whereas it is set to 132
|
||||||
for free source format. Setting the fortran_extended_line_length
|
for free source format. Setting the
|
||||||
variable increases the width to 132 for fixed source format.
|
fortran_extended_line_length variable increases the width to
|
||||||
|
132 for fixed source format.
|
||||||
'formatoptions' is set to break code and comment lines and to preserve long
|
'formatoptions' is set to break code and comment lines and to preserve long
|
||||||
lines. You can format comments with |gq|.
|
lines. You can format comments with |gq|.
|
||||||
For further discussion of fortran_have_tabs and the method used for the
|
For further discussion of fortran_have_tabs and the method used for the
|
||||||
@@ -912,27 +915,27 @@ QF QUICKFIX *qf.vim* *ft-qf-plugin*
|
|||||||
The "qf" filetype is used for the quickfix window, see |quickfix-window|.
|
The "qf" filetype is used for the quickfix window, see |quickfix-window|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The quickfix filetype plugin includes configuration for displaying the command
|
The quickfix filetype plugin includes configuration for displaying the command
|
||||||
that produced the quickfix list in the |status-line|. To disable this setting,
|
that produced the quickfix list in the |status-line|. To disable this setting,
|
||||||
configure as follows: >
|
configure as follows: >
|
||||||
:let g:qf_disable_statusline = 1
|
:let g:qf_disable_statusline = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R MARKDOWN *ft-rmd-plugin*
|
R MARKDOWN *ft-rmd-plugin*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to
|
By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to
|
||||||
your |vimrc|: >
|
your |vimrc|: >
|
||||||
let rmd_include_html = 1
|
let rmd_include_html = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
||||||
and for Markdown code. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to your
|
and for Markdown code. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to
|
||||||
|vimrc|: >
|
your |vimrc|: >
|
||||||
let rmd_dynamic_comments = 0
|
let rmd_dynamic_comments = 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *ft-rrst-plugin*
|
R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *ft-rrst-plugin*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
||||||
and for ReStructured text. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to
|
and for ReStructured text. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to
|
||||||
your |vimrc|: >
|
your |vimrc|: >
|
||||||
let rrst_dynamic_comments = 0
|
let rrst_dynamic_comments = 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -949,7 +952,7 @@ To enable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
|
|||||||
RNOWEB *ft-rnoweb-plugin*
|
RNOWEB *ft-rnoweb-plugin*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code
|
||||||
and for LaTeX code. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to your
|
and for LaTeX code. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to your
|
||||||
|vimrc|: >
|
|vimrc|: >
|
||||||
let rnw_dynamic_comments = 0
|
let rnw_dynamic_comments = 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1176,8 +1179,8 @@ To disable this behavior, set |g:zig_recommended_style| to 0: >
|
|||||||
let g:zig_recommended_style = 0
|
let g:zig_recommended_style = 0
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*g:zig_std_dir*
|
*g:zig_std_dir*
|
||||||
The path to the Zig standard library. The Zig |ftplugin| reads |g:zig_std_dir|
|
The path to the Zig standard library. The Zig |ftplugin| reads |g:zig_std_dir|
|
||||||
and appends it to the 'path' for Zig files. Where the Zig standard library
|
and appends it to the 'path' for Zig files. Where the Zig standard library
|
||||||
is located is system and installation method dependent.
|
is located is system and installation method dependent.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
One can automatically set |g:zig_std_dir| using `zig env`: >
|
One can automatically set |g:zig_std_dir| using `zig env`: >
|
||||||
|
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@ the mouse button down on this will pop up a menu containing the item
|
|||||||
which when selected, performs the operation.
|
which when selected, performs the operation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create a menu for terminal mode, use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu| unlike
|
To create a menu for terminal mode, use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu| unlike
|
||||||
key mapping (|:tmap|). This is because |:tmenu| is already used for defining
|
key mapping (|:tmap|). This is because |:tmenu| is already used for defining
|
||||||
tooltips for menus. See |terminal-input|.
|
tooltips for menus. See |terminal-input|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Special characters in a menu name:
|
Special characters in a menu name:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -885,8 +885,8 @@ The tip is defined like this: >
|
|||||||
And delete it with: >
|
And delete it with: >
|
||||||
:tunmenu MyMenu.Hello
|
:tunmenu MyMenu.Hello
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Tooltips are currently only supported for the X11 and Win32 GUI. However, they
|
Tooltips are currently only supported for the X11 and Win32 GUI. However,
|
||||||
should appear for the other gui platforms in the not too distant future.
|
they should appear for the other gui platforms in the not too distant future.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The ":tmenu" command works just like other menu commands, it uses the same
|
The ":tmenu" command works just like other menu commands, it uses the same
|
||||||
arguments. ":tunmenu" deletes an existing menu tip, in the same way as the
|
arguments. ":tunmenu" deletes an existing menu tip, in the same way as the
|
||||||
|
@@ -365,8 +365,8 @@ color. E.g.
|
|||||||
Column heading ~
|
Column heading ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To separate sections in a help file, place a series of '=' characters in a
|
To separate sections in a help file, place a series of '=' characters in a
|
||||||
line starting from the first column. The section separator line is highlighted
|
line starting from the first column. The section separator line is
|
||||||
differently.
|
highlighted differently.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*help-codeblock*
|
*help-codeblock*
|
||||||
To quote a block of ex-commands verbatim, place a greater than (>) character
|
To quote a block of ex-commands verbatim, place a greater than (>) character
|
||||||
|
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ To see what version of perl you have: >
|
|||||||
*:perldo*
|
*:perldo*
|
||||||
:[range]perldo {cmd} Execute perl command {cmd} for each line in the[range],
|
:[range]perldo {cmd} Execute perl command {cmd} for each line in the[range],
|
||||||
with $_ being set to the test of each line in turn,
|
with $_ being set to the test of each line in turn,
|
||||||
without a trailing <EOL>. In addition to $_, $line and
|
without a trailing <EOL>. In addition to $_, $line
|
||||||
$linenr is also set to the line content and line number
|
and $linenr is also set to the line content and line
|
||||||
respectively. Setting $_ will change the text, but note
|
number respectively. Setting $_ will change the text,
|
||||||
that it is not possible to add or delete lines using
|
but note that it is not possible to add or delete
|
||||||
this command.
|
lines using this command.
|
||||||
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
|
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ Note: Python is very sensitive to indenting. Make sure the "class" line and
|
|||||||
{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
|
{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
|
||||||
function arguments being set to the text of each line
|
function arguments being set to the text of each line
|
||||||
in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
|
in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
|
||||||
line number. The function should return a string or
|
line number. The function should return a string or
|
||||||
None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
|
None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
|
||||||
the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
|
the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
|
||||||
is the whole file: "1,$".
|
is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Examples:
|
|||||||
:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
|
:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
One can use `:pydo` in possible conjunction with `:py` to filter a range using
|
One can use `:pydo` in possible conjunction with `:py` to filter a range using
|
||||||
python. For example: >vim
|
python. For example: >vim
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:py3 << EOF
|
:py3 << EOF
|
||||||
needle = vim.eval('@a')
|
needle = vim.eval('@a')
|
||||||
@@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ vim.strwidth(str) *python-strwidth*
|
|||||||
vim.foreach_rtp(callable) *python-foreach_rtp*
|
vim.foreach_rtp(callable) *python-foreach_rtp*
|
||||||
Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
|
Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
|
||||||
callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
|
callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
|
||||||
are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
|
are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
|
||||||
vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
|
vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)` *python-chdir*
|
`vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)` *python-chdir*
|
||||||
`vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)` *python-fchdir*
|
`vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)` *python-fchdir*
|
||||||
Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
|
Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
|
||||||
Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
|
Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
|
||||||
os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
|
os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
|
||||||
os.fchdir does not exist.
|
os.fchdir does not exist.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Error object of the "vim" module
|
Error object of the "vim" module
|
||||||
@@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ vim.windows *python-windows*
|
|||||||
< Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
|
< Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
|
||||||
|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
|
|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
|
||||||
object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
|
object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
|
||||||
in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
|
in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
|
||||||
without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
|
without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
|
||||||
they will not lose their properties in this case.
|
they will not lose their properties in this case.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
vim.tabpages *python-tabpages*
|
vim.tabpages *python-tabpages*
|
||||||
A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
|
A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
|
||||||
object supports the following operations: >vim
|
object supports the following operations: >vim
|
||||||
:py t = vim.tabpages[i] # Indexing (read-only)
|
:py t = vim.tabpages[i] # Indexing (read-only)
|
||||||
:py t in vim.tabpages # Membership test
|
:py t in vim.tabpages # Membership test
|
||||||
@@ -257,10 +257,10 @@ vim.current *python-current*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
|
Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
|
||||||
valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
|
valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
|
||||||
respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
|
respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
|
||||||
switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
|
switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
|
||||||
switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
|
switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
|
||||||
|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
|
|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
|
||||||
autocommands use >vim
|
autocommands use >vim
|
||||||
py << EOF
|
py << EOF
|
||||||
saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
|
saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
|
||||||
@@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ vim.vvars *python-vvars*
|
|||||||
vim.options *python-options*
|
vim.options *python-options*
|
||||||
Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
|
Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
|
||||||
getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
|
getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
|
||||||
Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
|
Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
|
||||||
cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
|
cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
|
||||||
access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no global
|
access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no
|
||||||
option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
|
global option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
|
||||||
|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
|
|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
|
||||||
and buffer-local ones). Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
|
and buffer-local ones). Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
|
||||||
buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
|
buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
|
||||||
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ Output from Python *python-output*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*python-input*
|
*python-input*
|
||||||
Input (via sys.stdin, including input() and raw_input()) is not
|
Input (via sys.stdin, including input() and raw_input()) is not
|
||||||
supported, and may cause the program to crash. This should probably be
|
supported, and may cause the program to crash. This should probably
|
||||||
fixed.
|
be fixed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
|
*python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
|
||||||
Python 'runtimepath' handling *python-special-path*
|
Python 'runtimepath' handling *python-special-path*
|
||||||
@@ -362,11 +362,11 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >python
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
|
sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH *python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
|
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH *python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
|
||||||
String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
|
String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
|
||||||
installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
|
installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
|
||||||
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other
|
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only
|
||||||
case it uses special loader.
|
other case it uses special loader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
|
Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
|
||||||
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
|
vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
|
||||||
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ vim.path_hook(path) *python-path_hook*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
vim._get_paths *python-_get_paths*
|
vim._get_paths *python-_get_paths*
|
||||||
Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
|
Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
|
||||||
hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
|
hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
|
||||||
versions, but can use it for debugging.
|
versions, but can use it for debugging.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
It returns a list of {rtp}/python3 and {rtp}/pythonx
|
It returns a list of {rtp}/python3 and {rtp}/pythonx
|
||||||
@@ -390,7 +390,8 @@ vim._get_paths *python-_get_paths*
|
|||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
Buffer objects *python-buffer*
|
Buffer objects *python-buffer*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Buffer objects represent vim buffers. You can obtain them in a number of ways:
|
Buffer objects represent vim buffers. You can obtain them in a number of
|
||||||
|
ways:
|
||||||
- via vim.current.buffer (|python-current|)
|
- via vim.current.buffer (|python-current|)
|
||||||
- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
|
- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
|
||||||
- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
|
- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
|
||||||
@@ -404,9 +405,10 @@ act as if they were lists (yes, they are mutable) of strings, with each
|
|||||||
element being a line of the buffer. All of the usual sequence operations,
|
element being a line of the buffer. All of the usual sequence operations,
|
||||||
including indexing, index assignment, slicing and slice assignment, work as
|
including indexing, index assignment, slicing and slice assignment, work as
|
||||||
you would expect. Note that the result of indexing (slicing) a buffer is a
|
you would expect. Note that the result of indexing (slicing) a buffer is a
|
||||||
string (list of strings). This has one unusual consequence - b[:] is different
|
string (list of strings). This has one unusual consequence - b[:] is
|
||||||
from b. In particular, "b[:] = None" deletes the whole of the buffer, whereas
|
different from b. In particular, "b[:] = None" deletes the whole of the
|
||||||
"b = None" merely updates the variable b, with no effect on the buffer.
|
buffer, whereas "b = None" merely updates the variable b, with no effect on
|
||||||
|
the buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python. This differs from vim
|
Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python. This differs from vim
|
||||||
line numbers, which start from 1. This is particularly relevant when dealing
|
line numbers, which start from 1. This is particularly relevant when dealing
|
||||||
@@ -417,17 +419,17 @@ The buffer object attributes are:
|
|||||||
|buffer-variable|s.
|
|buffer-variable|s.
|
||||||
b.options Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
|
b.options Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
|
||||||
deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
|
deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
|
||||||
and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
|
and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
|
||||||
|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
|
|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
|
||||||
this object will raise KeyError. If option is
|
this object will raise KeyError. If option is
|
||||||
|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
|
|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
|
||||||
will return None.
|
will return None.
|
||||||
b.name String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
|
b.name String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
|
||||||
Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
|
Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
|
||||||
|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
|
|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
|
||||||
b.number Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
|
b.number Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
|
||||||
Read-only.
|
Read-only.
|
||||||
b.valid True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
|
b.valid True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
|
||||||
corresponding buffer is wiped out.
|
corresponding buffer is wiped out.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The buffer object methods are:
|
The buffer object methods are:
|
||||||
@@ -500,7 +502,8 @@ Example (assume r is the current range):
|
|||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
Window objects *python-window*
|
Window objects *python-window*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Window objects represent vim windows. You can obtain them in a number of ways:
|
Window objects represent vim windows. You can obtain them in a number of
|
||||||
|
ways:
|
||||||
- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
|
- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
|
||||||
- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
|
- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
|
||||||
- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
|
- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
|
||||||
|
@@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ To see what version of Ruby you have: >
|
|||||||
*:rubydo* *:rubyd* *E265*
|
*:rubydo* *:rubyd* *E265*
|
||||||
:[range]rubyd[o] {cmd} Evaluate Ruby command {cmd} for each line in the
|
:[range]rubyd[o] {cmd} Evaluate Ruby command {cmd} for each line in the
|
||||||
[range], with $_ being set to the text of each line in
|
[range], with $_ being set to the text of each line in
|
||||||
turn, without a trailing <EOL>. Setting $_ will change
|
turn, without a trailing <EOL>. Setting $_ will
|
||||||
the text, but note that it is not possible to add or
|
change the text, but note that it is not possible to
|
||||||
delete lines using this command.
|
add or delete lines using this command.
|
||||||
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:rubyfile* *:rubyf*
|
*:rubyfile* *:rubyf*
|
||||||
:rubyf[ile] {file} Execute the Ruby script in {file}. This is the same as
|
:rubyf[ile] {file} Execute the Ruby script in {file}. This is the same
|
||||||
`:ruby load 'file'`, but allows file name completion.
|
as `:ruby load 'file'`, but allows file name completion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
|
Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ Class Methods:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
current Returns the current buffer object.
|
current Returns the current buffer object.
|
||||||
count Returns the number of buffers.
|
count Returns the number of buffers.
|
||||||
self[{n}] Returns the buffer object for the number {n}. The first number
|
self[{n}] Returns the buffer object for the number {n}. The first
|
||||||
is 0.
|
number is 0.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Methods:
|
Methods:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ name Returns the full name of the buffer.
|
|||||||
number Returns the number of the buffer.
|
number Returns the number of the buffer.
|
||||||
count Returns the number of lines.
|
count Returns the number of lines.
|
||||||
length Returns the number of lines.
|
length Returns the number of lines.
|
||||||
self[{n}] Returns a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
self[{n}] Returns a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
||||||
self[{n}] = {str}
|
self[{n}] = {str}
|
||||||
Sets a line in the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
Sets a line in the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
||||||
delete({n}) Deletes a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
delete({n}) Deletes a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
||||||
append({n}, {str})
|
append({n}, {str})
|
||||||
Appends a line after the line {n}.
|
Appends a line after the line {n}.
|
||||||
line Returns the current line of the buffer if the buffer is
|
line Returns the current line of the buffer if the buffer is
|
||||||
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ Class Methods:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
current Returns the current window object.
|
current Returns the current window object.
|
||||||
count Returns the number of windows.
|
count Returns the number of windows.
|
||||||
self[{n}] Returns the window object for the number {n}. The first number
|
self[{n}] Returns the window object for the number {n}. The first
|
||||||
is 0.
|
number is 0.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Methods:
|
Methods:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ These five options control C program indenting:
|
|||||||
'cinkeys' Specifies which keys trigger reindenting in insert mode.
|
'cinkeys' Specifies which keys trigger reindenting in insert mode.
|
||||||
'cinoptions' Sets your preferred indent style.
|
'cinoptions' Sets your preferred indent style.
|
||||||
'cinwords' Defines keywords that start an extra indent in the next line.
|
'cinwords' Defines keywords that start an extra indent in the next line.
|
||||||
'cinscopedecls' Defines strings that are recognized as a C++ scope declaration.
|
'cinscopedecls' Defines strings that are recognized as a C++ scope
|
||||||
|
declaration.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If 'lisp' is not on and 'equalprg' is empty, the "=" operator indents using
|
If 'lisp' is not on and 'equalprg' is empty, the "=" operator indents using
|
||||||
Vim's built-in algorithm rather than calling an external program.
|
Vim's built-in algorithm rather than calling an external program.
|
||||||
@@ -228,8 +229,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
|
|||||||
} } }
|
} } }
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*cino-L*
|
*cino-L*
|
||||||
LN Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
|
LN Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
|
||||||
will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
|
will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
|
||||||
the label will be the prevailing indent minus N. (default -1).
|
the label will be the prevailing indent minus N. (default -1).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
cino= cino=L2 cino=Ls >
|
cino= cino=L2 cino=Ls >
|
||||||
@@ -290,8 +291,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*cino-g*
|
*cino-g*
|
||||||
gN Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
|
gN Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
|
||||||
block they are in. (default 'shiftwidth'). By default, a scope
|
block they are in. (default 'shiftwidth'). By default, a scope
|
||||||
declaration is "public:", "protected:" or "private:". This can
|
declaration is "public:", "protected:" or "private:". This can
|
||||||
be adjusted with the 'cinscopedecls' option.
|
be adjusted with the 'cinscopedecls' option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
cino= cino=g0 >
|
cino= cino=g0 >
|
||||||
@@ -710,13 +711,13 @@ FORTRAN *ft-fortran-indent*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Block if, select case, select type, select rank, where, forall, type,
|
Block if, select case, select type, select rank, where, forall, type,
|
||||||
interface, associate, block, enum, critical, and change team constructs are
|
interface, associate, block, enum, critical, and change team constructs are
|
||||||
indented. The indenting of subroutines, functions, modules, and program blocks
|
indented. The indenting of subroutines, functions, modules, and program
|
||||||
is optional. Comments, labeled statements, and continuation lines are indented
|
blocks is optional. Comments, labeled statements, and continuation lines are
|
||||||
if the Fortran is in free source form, whereas they are not indented if the
|
indented if the Fortran is in free source form, whereas they are not indented
|
||||||
Fortran is in fixed source form because of the left margin requirements. Hence
|
if the Fortran is in fixed source form because of the left margin
|
||||||
manual indent corrections will be necessary for labeled statements and
|
requirements. Hence manual indent corrections will be necessary for labeled
|
||||||
continuation lines when fixed source form is being used. For further
|
statements and continuation lines when fixed source form is being used. For
|
||||||
discussion of the method used for the detection of source format see
|
further discussion of the method used for the detection of source format see
|
||||||
|ft-fortran-syntax|.
|
|ft-fortran-syntax|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Do loops ~
|
Do loops ~
|
||||||
@@ -815,19 +816,19 @@ Idris 2 indentation can be configured with several variables that control the
|
|||||||
indentation level for different language constructs:
|
indentation level for different language constructs:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_if" variable controls the indentation of `then` and `else`
|
The "g:idris2_indent_if" variable controls the indentation of `then` and `else`
|
||||||
blocks after `if` statements. Defaults to 3.
|
blocks after `if` statements. Defaults to 3.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_case" variable controls the indentation of patterns in
|
The "g:idris2_indent_case" variable controls the indentation of patterns in
|
||||||
`case` expressions. Defaults to 5.
|
`case` expressions. Defaults to 5.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_let" variable controls the indentation after `let`
|
The "g:idris2_indent_let" variable controls the indentation after `let`
|
||||||
bindings. Defaults to 4.
|
bindings. Defaults to 4.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_rewrite" variable controls the indentation after `rewrite`
|
The "g:idris2_indent_rewrite" variable controls the indentation after `rewrite`
|
||||||
expressions. Defaults to 8.
|
expressions. Defaults to 8.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_where" variable controls the indentation of `where`
|
The "g:idris2_indent_where" variable controls the indentation of `where`
|
||||||
blocks. Defaults to 6.
|
blocks. Defaults to 6.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "g:idris2_indent_do" variable controls the indentation in `do` blocks.
|
The "g:idris2_indent_do" variable controls the indentation in `do` blocks.
|
||||||
Defaults to 3.
|
Defaults to 3.
|
||||||
@@ -945,7 +946,7 @@ To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
|
In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
|
||||||
and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
|
and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
|
||||||
meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
|
meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
|
||||||
traditional way.
|
traditional way.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*PHP_noArrowMatching*
|
*PHP_noArrowMatching*
|
||||||
@@ -970,7 +971,7 @@ You will obtain the following result: >
|
|||||||
Extra indentation levels to add to parameters in multi-line function calls. >
|
Extra indentation levels to add to parameters in multi-line function calls. >
|
||||||
let g:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 1
|
let g:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
|
Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
function call_the_thing(
|
function call_the_thing(
|
||||||
$with_this,
|
$with_this,
|
||||||
@@ -988,7 +989,7 @@ Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
|
|||||||
definitions. >
|
definitions. >
|
||||||
let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
|
let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
|
Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
|
||||||
indentation: >
|
indentation: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
function call_the_thing(
|
function call_the_thing(
|
||||||
@@ -1018,8 +1019,8 @@ Indent after a nested paren: >
|
|||||||
Indent for a continuation line: >
|
Indent for a continuation line: >
|
||||||
let g:python_indent.continue = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
|
let g:python_indent.continue = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, the closing paren on a multiline construct lines up under the first
|
By default, the closing paren on a multiline construct lines up under the
|
||||||
non-whitespace character of the previous line.
|
first non-whitespace character of the previous line.
|
||||||
If you prefer that it's lined up under the first character of the line that
|
If you prefer that it's lined up under the first character of the line that
|
||||||
starts the multiline construct, reset this key: >
|
starts the multiline construct, reset this key: >
|
||||||
let g:python_indent.closed_paren_align_last_line = v:false
|
let g:python_indent.closed_paren_align_last_line = v:false
|
||||||
@@ -1044,15 +1045,15 @@ For backward compatibility, these variables are also supported: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
R *ft-r-indent*
|
R *ft-r-indent*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
|
Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
|
||||||
do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
|
do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
let r_indent_align_args = 0
|
let r_indent_align_args = 0
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
|
All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
|
||||||
level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
|
level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
|
||||||
beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
|
beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
|
||||||
and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
|
and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
|
||||||
characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
|
characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
|
let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
|
||||||
@@ -1063,8 +1064,8 @@ r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
|
|||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
let r_indent_comment_column = 30
|
let r_indent_comment_column = 30
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
|
Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
|
||||||
indent the code if it is a top-level function. If you prefer a behavior like
|
indent the code if it is a top-level function. If you prefer a behavior like
|
||||||
Emacs/ESS one in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
|
Emacs/ESS one in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
|
let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
|
||||||
@@ -1079,7 +1080,7 @@ Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
|
|||||||
} }
|
} }
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
The code will be indented after lines that match the pattern
|
The code will be indented after lines that match the pattern
|
||||||
`'\(&\||\|+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\|->\)\s*$'`. If you want indentation after
|
`'\(&\||\|+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\|->\)\s*$'`. If you want indentation after
|
||||||
lines that match a different pattern, you should set the appropriate value of
|
lines that match a different pattern, you should set the appropriate value of
|
||||||
`r_indent_op_pattern` in your |vimrc|.
|
`r_indent_op_pattern` in your |vimrc|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1144,7 +1145,7 @@ Make sure to do ":set cmdheight=2" first to allow the display of the message.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
VHDL *ft-vhdl-indent*
|
VHDL *ft-vhdl-indent*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Alignment of generic/port mapping statements are performed by default. This
|
Alignment of generic/port mapping statements are performed by default. This
|
||||||
causes the following alignment example: >
|
causes the following alignment example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENTITY sync IS
|
ENTITY sync IS
|
||||||
@@ -1173,7 +1174,7 @@ to the vimrc file, which causes the previous alignment example to change: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Alignment of right-hand side assignment "<=" statements are performed by
|
Alignment of right-hand side assignment "<=" statements are performed by
|
||||||
default. This causes the following alignment example: >
|
default. This causes the following alignment example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sig_out <= (bus_a(1) AND
|
sig_out <= (bus_a(1) AND
|
||||||
(sig_b OR sig_c)) OR
|
(sig_b OR sig_c)) OR
|
||||||
@@ -1190,9 +1191,9 @@ to the vimrc file, which causes the previous alignment example to change: >
|
|||||||
(bus_a(0) AND sig_d);
|
(bus_a(0) AND sig_d);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Full-line comments (lines that begin with "--") are indented to be aligned with
|
Full-line comments (lines that begin with "--") are indented to be aligned
|
||||||
the very previous line's comment, PROVIDED that a whitespace follows after
|
with the very previous line's comment, PROVIDED that a whitespace follows
|
||||||
"--".
|
after "--".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example: >
|
For example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1244,9 +1245,9 @@ results in: >
|
|||||||
Notice that "--debug_code:" does not align with "-- comment 2"
|
Notice that "--debug_code:" does not align with "-- comment 2"
|
||||||
because there is no whitespace that follows after "--" in "--debug_code:".
|
because there is no whitespace that follows after "--" in "--debug_code:".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Given the dynamic nature of indenting comments, indenting should be done TWICE.
|
Given the dynamic nature of indenting comments, indenting should be done
|
||||||
On the first pass, code will be indented. On the second pass, full-line
|
TWICE. On the first pass, code will be indented. On the second pass,
|
||||||
comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
|
full-line comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM *ft-vim-indent*
|
VIM *ft-vim-indent*
|
||||||
|
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ CTRL-R {register} *i_CTRL-R*
|
|||||||
'.' the last inserted text
|
'.' the last inserted text
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-R_-*
|
*i_CTRL-R_-*
|
||||||
'-' the last small (less than a line) delete
|
'-' the last small (less than a line) delete
|
||||||
register. This is repeatable using |.| since
|
register. This is repeatable using |.| since
|
||||||
it remembers the register to put instead of
|
it remembers the register to put instead of
|
||||||
the literal text to insert.
|
the literal text to insert.
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-R_=*
|
*i_CTRL-R_=*
|
||||||
@@ -163,12 +163,12 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {register} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
|||||||
CTRL-R CTRL-O {register} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
|
CTRL-R CTRL-O {register} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
|
Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
|
||||||
auto-indent. Does the same as pasting with the mouse
|
auto-indent. Does the same as pasting with the mouse
|
||||||
|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
|
|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
|
||||||
insert the text above the current line, like with `P`.
|
insert the text above the current line, like with `P`.
|
||||||
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
||||||
typed.
|
typed.
|
||||||
After this command, the '.' register contains the command
|
After this command, the '.' register contains the command
|
||||||
typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^O" and not the
|
typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^O" and not the
|
||||||
text from the register.
|
text from the register.
|
||||||
Does not replace characters in |Replace-mode|!
|
Does not replace characters in |Replace-mode|!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-P {register} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
|
|||||||
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
||||||
typed.
|
typed.
|
||||||
After this command, the '.' register contains the command
|
After this command, the '.' register contains the command
|
||||||
typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^P" and not the
|
typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^P" and not the
|
||||||
text from the register.
|
text from the register.
|
||||||
Does not replace characters in |Replace-mode|!
|
Does not replace characters in |Replace-mode|!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ extra spaces to get where you want to be.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*ins-smarttab*
|
*ins-smarttab*
|
||||||
When the 'smarttab' option is on, the <Tab> key indents by 'shiftwidth' if the
|
When the 'smarttab' option is on, the <Tab> key indents by 'shiftwidth' if the
|
||||||
cursor is in leading whitespace. The <BS> key has the opposite effect. This
|
cursor is in leading whitespace. The <BS> key has the opposite effect. This
|
||||||
behaves as if 'softtabstop' were set to the value of 'shiftwidth'. This option
|
behaves as if 'softtabstop' were set to the value of 'shiftwidth'. This
|
||||||
allows the user to set 'softtabstop' to a value other than 'shiftwidth' and
|
option allows the user to set 'softtabstop' to a value other than 'shiftwidth'
|
||||||
still use the <Tab> key for indentation.
|
and still use the <Tab> key for indentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
5. Replace mode *Replace* *Replace-mode* *mode-replace*
|
5. Replace mode *Replace* *Replace-mode* *mode-replace*
|
||||||
@@ -644,7 +644,8 @@ not a valid CTRL-X mode command. Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself,
|
|||||||
CTRL-N (next), and CTRL-P (previous).
|
CTRL-N (next), and CTRL-P (previous).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, the possible completions are showed in a menu and the first
|
By default, the possible completions are showed in a menu and the first
|
||||||
completion is inserted into the text. This can be adjusted with 'completeopt'.
|
completion is inserted into the text. This can be adjusted with
|
||||||
|
'completeopt'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To get the current completion information, |complete_info()| can be used.
|
To get the current completion information, |complete_info()| can be used.
|
||||||
Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
|
Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
|
||||||
@@ -870,7 +871,7 @@ Completing keywords with 'thesaurusfunc' *compl-thesaurusfunc*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If the 'thesaurusfunc' option is set, then the user specified function is
|
If the 'thesaurusfunc' option is set, then the user specified function is
|
||||||
invoked to get the list of completion matches and the 'thesaurus' option is
|
invoked to get the list of completion matches and the 'thesaurus' option is
|
||||||
not used. See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
|
not used. See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
|
||||||
invoked and what it should return.
|
invoked and what it should return.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Here is an example that uses the "aiksaurus" command (provided by Magnus
|
Here is an example that uses the "aiksaurus" command (provided by Magnus
|
||||||
@@ -1119,8 +1120,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-Z Stop completion without changing the text.
|
|||||||
AUTOCOMPLETION *ins-autocompletion*
|
AUTOCOMPLETION *ins-autocompletion*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim can display a completion menu as you type, similar to using |i_CTRL-N|,
|
Vim can display a completion menu as you type, similar to using |i_CTRL-N|,
|
||||||
but triggered automatically. See 'autocomplete'. The menu items are collected
|
but triggered automatically. See 'autocomplete'. The menu items are
|
||||||
from the sources listed in the 'complete' option, in order.
|
collected from the sources listed in the 'complete' option, in order.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A decaying timeout keeps Vim responsive. Sources earlier in the 'complete'
|
A decaying timeout keeps Vim responsive. Sources earlier in the 'complete'
|
||||||
list get more time (higher priority), but all sources receive at least a small
|
list get more time (higher priority), but all sources receive at least a small
|
||||||
@@ -1225,7 +1226,7 @@ items:
|
|||||||
items to be equal; when omitted zero is used, thus
|
items to be equal; when omitted zero is used, thus
|
||||||
items that only differ in case are added
|
items that only differ in case are added
|
||||||
equal when non-zero, always treat this item to be equal when
|
equal when non-zero, always treat this item to be equal when
|
||||||
comparing. Which means, "equal=1" disables filtering
|
comparing. Which means, "equal=1" disables filtering
|
||||||
of this item.
|
of this item.
|
||||||
dup when non-zero this match will be added even when an
|
dup when non-zero this match will be added even when an
|
||||||
item with the same word is already present.
|
item with the same word is already present.
|
||||||
@@ -1241,7 +1242,7 @@ items:
|
|||||||
properties (with higher priority) like strikethrough
|
properties (with higher priority) like strikethrough
|
||||||
to the completion items abbreviation
|
to the completion items abbreviation
|
||||||
kind_hlgroup an additional highlight group specifically for setting
|
kind_hlgroup an additional highlight group specifically for setting
|
||||||
the highlight attributes of the completion kind. When
|
the highlight attributes of the completion kind. When
|
||||||
this field is present, it will override the
|
this field is present, it will override the
|
||||||
|hl-PmenuKind| highlight group, allowing for the
|
|hl-PmenuKind| highlight group, allowing for the
|
||||||
customization of ctermfg and guifg properties for the
|
customization of ctermfg and guifg properties for the
|
||||||
@@ -1386,7 +1387,8 @@ any printable, non-white character:
|
|||||||
Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
|
Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In all three states these can be used:
|
In all three states these can be used:
|
||||||
CTRL-Y Yes: Accept the currently selected match and stop completion.
|
CTRL-Y Yes: Accept the currently selected match and stop
|
||||||
|
completion.
|
||||||
CTRL-E End completion, go back to what was there before selecting a
|
CTRL-E End completion, go back to what was there before selecting a
|
||||||
match (what was typed or longest common string).
|
match (what was typed or longest common string).
|
||||||
<PageUp> Select a match several entries back, but don't insert it.
|
<PageUp> Select a match several entries back, but don't insert it.
|
||||||
@@ -1482,7 +1484,7 @@ XHTML *ft-xhtml-omni*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files. It is
|
CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files. It is
|
||||||
designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also work for
|
designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also work for
|
||||||
other versions of HTML. Features:
|
other versions of HTML. Features:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside
|
- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside
|
||||||
of an a tag); '/>' indicates empty tags
|
of an a tag); '/>' indicates empty tags
|
||||||
@@ -1500,7 +1502,7 @@ other versions of HTML. Features:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: When used first time completion menu will be shown with little delay
|
Note: When used first time completion menu will be shown with little delay
|
||||||
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
||||||
Note: Completion may fail in badly formatted documents. In such case try to
|
Note: Completion may fail in badly formatted documents. In such case try to
|
||||||
run |:make| command to detect formatting problems.
|
run |:make| command to detect formatting problems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1514,7 +1516,7 @@ When doing completion outside of any other tag you will have possibility to
|
|||||||
choose DOCTYPE and the appropriate data file will be loaded and used for all
|
choose DOCTYPE and the appropriate data file will be loaded and used for all
|
||||||
next completions.
|
next completions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
More about format of data file in |xml-omni-datafile|. Some of the data files
|
More about format of data file in |xml-omni-datafile|. Some of the data files
|
||||||
may be found on the Vim website (|www|).
|
may be found on the Vim website (|www|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that b:html_omni_flavor may point to a file with any XML data. This
|
Note that b:html_omni_flavor may point to a file with any XML data. This
|
||||||
@@ -1543,8 +1545,8 @@ of external files).
|
|||||||
DOM compatibility
|
DOM compatibility
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
At the moment (beginning of 2006) there are two main browsers - MS Internet
|
At the moment (beginning of 2006) there are two main browsers - MS Internet
|
||||||
Explorer and Mozilla Firefox. These two applications are covering over 90% of
|
Explorer and Mozilla Firefox. These two applications are covering over 90% of
|
||||||
market. Theoretically standards are created by W3C organisation
|
market. Theoretically standards are created by W3C organisation
|
||||||
(https://www.w3.org/) but they are not always followed/implemented.
|
(https://www.w3.org/) but they are not always followed/implemented.
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
IE FF W3C Omni completion ~
|
IE FF W3C Omni completion ~
|
||||||
@@ -1554,9 +1556,9 @@ market. Theoretically standards are created by W3C organisation
|
|||||||
- + - - ~
|
- + - - ~
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
Regardless from state of implementation in browsers but if element is defined
|
Regardless from state of implementation in browsers but if element is defined
|
||||||
in standards, completion plugin will place element in suggestion list. When
|
in standards, completion plugin will place element in suggestion list. When
|
||||||
both major engines implemented element, even if this is not in standards it
|
both major engines implemented element, even if this is not in standards it
|
||||||
will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
|
will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LUA *ft-lua-omni*
|
LUA *ft-lua-omni*
|
||||||
@@ -1567,19 +1569,20 @@ Lua |ftplugin| sets 'omnifunc' to |vim.lua_omnifunc()|.
|
|||||||
PHP *ft-php-omni*
|
PHP *ft-php-omni*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Completion of PHP code requires a tags file for completion of data from
|
Completion of PHP code requires a tags file for completion of data from
|
||||||
external files and for class aware completion. You should use Universal/
|
external files and for class aware completion. You should use Universal/
|
||||||
Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here:
|
Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
|
Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Script completes:
|
Script completes:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- after $ variables name
|
- after $ variables name
|
||||||
- if variable was declared as object add "->", if tags file is available show
|
- if variable was declared as object add "->", if tags file is available
|
||||||
name of class
|
show name of class
|
||||||
- after "->" complete only function and variable names specific for given
|
- after "->" complete only function and variable names specific for given
|
||||||
class. To find class location and contents tags file is required. Because
|
class. To find class location and contents tags file is required.
|
||||||
PHP isn't strongly typed language user can use @var tag to declare class: >
|
Because PHP isn't strongly typed language user can use @var tag to declare
|
||||||
|
class: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* @var $myVar myClass */
|
/* @var $myVar myClass */
|
||||||
$myVar->
|
$myVar->
|
||||||
@@ -1597,11 +1600,11 @@ Script completes:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: when doing completion first time Vim will load all necessary data into
|
Note: when doing completion first time Vim will load all necessary data into
|
||||||
memory. It may take several seconds. After next use of completion delay
|
memory. It may take several seconds. After next use of completion delay
|
||||||
should not be noticeable.
|
should not be noticeable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Script detects if cursor is inside <?php ?> tags. If it is outside it will
|
Script detects if cursor is inside <?php ?> tags. If it is outside it will
|
||||||
automatically switch to HTML/CSS/JavaScript completion. Note: contrary to
|
automatically switch to HTML/CSS/JavaScript completion. Note: contrary to
|
||||||
original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
|
original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1628,11 +1631,11 @@ The completions provided by CTRL-X CTRL-O are sensitive to the context:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Notes:
|
Notes:
|
||||||
- Vim will load/evaluate code in order to provide completions. This may
|
- Vim will load/evaluate code in order to provide completions. This may
|
||||||
cause some code execution, which may be a concern. This is no longer
|
cause some code execution, which may be a concern. This is no longer
|
||||||
enabled by default, to enable this feature add >
|
enabled by default, to enable this feature add >
|
||||||
let g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading = 1
|
let g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading = 1
|
||||||
<- In context 1 above, Vim can parse the entire buffer to add a list of
|
<- In context 1 above, Vim can parse the entire buffer to add a list of
|
||||||
classes to the completion results. This feature is turned off by default,
|
classes to the completion results. This feature is turned off by default,
|
||||||
to enable it add >
|
to enable it add >
|
||||||
let g:rubycomplete_classes_in_global = 1
|
let g:rubycomplete_classes_in_global = 1
|
||||||
< to your vimrc
|
< to your vimrc
|
||||||
@@ -1640,7 +1643,7 @@ Notes:
|
|||||||
- In context 3 above, Vim will attempt to determine the methods supported by
|
- In context 3 above, Vim will attempt to determine the methods supported by
|
||||||
the object.
|
the object.
|
||||||
- Vim can detect and load the Rails environment for files within a rails
|
- Vim can detect and load the Rails environment for files within a rails
|
||||||
project. The feature is disabled by default, to enable it add >
|
project. The feature is disabled by default, to enable it add >
|
||||||
let g:rubycomplete_rails = 1
|
let g:rubycomplete_rails = 1
|
||||||
< to your vimrc
|
< to your vimrc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1677,11 +1680,11 @@ a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
|
|||||||
If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
|
If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
|
||||||
syntax list
|
syntax list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax groups.
|
The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax
|
||||||
The PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
|
groups. The PHP language can include elements from different languages like
|
||||||
JavaScript and many more. The syntax plugin will only include syntax groups
|
HTML, JavaScript and many more. The syntax plugin will only include syntax
|
||||||
that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case. For example these syntax
|
groups that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case. For example these
|
||||||
groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
|
syntax groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
|
||||||
phpFunctions.
|
phpFunctions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a
|
If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a
|
||||||
@@ -1800,7 +1803,7 @@ be used in commands. It should be a unique name which will not create
|
|||||||
conflicts. For example, the name xhtml10s.vim means it is the data file for
|
conflicts. For example, the name xhtml10s.vim means it is the data file for
|
||||||
XHTML 1.0 Strict.
|
XHTML 1.0 Strict.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Each file contains a variable with a name like g:xmldata_xhtml10s . It is
|
Each file contains a variable with a name like g:xmldata_xhtml10s . It is
|
||||||
a compound from two parts:
|
a compound from two parts:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. "g:xmldata_" general prefix, constant for all data files
|
1. "g:xmldata_" general prefix, constant for all data files
|
||||||
@@ -2017,7 +2020,7 @@ These two commands will keep on asking for lines, until you type a line
|
|||||||
containing only a ".". Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see
|
containing only a ".". Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see
|
||||||
|line-continuation|.
|
|line-continuation|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Text typed after a "|" command separator is used first. So the following
|
Text typed after a "|" command separator is used first. So the following
|
||||||
command in ex mode: >
|
command in ex mode: >
|
||||||
:a|one
|
:a|one
|
||||||
two
|
two
|
||||||
|
@@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ There are six ADDITIONAL modes. These are variants of the BASIC modes:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
- Replace mode: Replace mode is a special case of Insert mode. You
|
- Replace mode: Replace mode is a special case of Insert mode. You
|
||||||
can do the same things as in Insert mode, but for
|
can do the same things as in Insert mode, but for
|
||||||
each character you enter, one character of the existing
|
each character you enter, one character of the
|
||||||
text is deleted. See |Replace-mode|.
|
existing text is deleted. See |Replace-mode|.
|
||||||
If the 'showmode' option is on "-- REPLACE --" is
|
If the 'showmode' option is on "-- REPLACE --" is
|
||||||
shown at the bottom of the window.
|
shown at the bottom of the window.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ modes.
|
|||||||
map command applies. The mapping may remain defined
|
map command applies. The mapping may remain defined
|
||||||
for other modes where it applies.
|
for other modes where it applies.
|
||||||
It also works when {lhs} matches the {rhs} of a
|
It also works when {lhs} matches the {rhs} of a
|
||||||
mapping. This is for when an abbreviation applied.
|
mapping. This is for when an abbreviation applied.
|
||||||
Note: Trailing spaces are included in the {lhs}.
|
Note: Trailing spaces are included in the {lhs}.
|
||||||
See |map-trailing-white|.
|
See |map-trailing-white|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Therefore the following is blocked for <expr> mappings:
|
|||||||
If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
|
If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
|
||||||
that, or use a |<Cmd>| mapping instead.
|
that, or use a |<Cmd>| mapping instead.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
|
You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
|
||||||
have these mappings: >
|
have these mappings: >
|
||||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
|
inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
|
||||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
|
inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
|
||||||
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ it's just used here for this situation.
|
|||||||
The simplest way to load a set of related language mappings is by using the
|
The simplest way to load a set of related language mappings is by using the
|
||||||
'keymap' option. See |45.5|.
|
'keymap' option. See |45.5|.
|
||||||
In Insert mode and in Command-line mode the mappings can be disabled with
|
In Insert mode and in Command-line mode the mappings can be disabled with
|
||||||
the CTRL-^ command |i_CTRL-^| |c_CTRL-^|. These commands change the value of
|
the CTRL-^ command |i_CTRL-^| |c_CTRL-^|. These commands change the value of
|
||||||
the 'iminsert' option. When starting to enter a normal command line (not a
|
the 'iminsert' option. When starting to enter a normal command line (not a
|
||||||
search pattern) the mappings are disabled until a CTRL-^ is typed. The state
|
search pattern) the mappings are disabled until a CTRL-^ is typed. The state
|
||||||
last used is remembered for Insert mode and Search patterns separately. The
|
last used is remembered for Insert mode and Search patterns separately. The
|
||||||
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*map-comments*
|
*map-comments*
|
||||||
It is not possible to put a comment after these commands, because the `"`
|
It is not possible to put a comment after these commands, because the `"`
|
||||||
character is considered to be part of the {lhs} or {rhs}. However, one can
|
character is considered to be part of the {lhs} or {rhs}. However, one can
|
||||||
use `|"`, since this starts a new, empty command with a comment.
|
use `|"`, since this starts a new, empty command with a comment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*map_bar* *map-bar*
|
*map_bar* *map-bar*
|
||||||
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Multiplying a count
|
|||||||
When you type a count before triggering a mapping, it's like the count was
|
When you type a count before triggering a mapping, it's like the count was
|
||||||
typed before the {lhs}. For example, with this mapping: >
|
typed before the {lhs}. For example, with this mapping: >
|
||||||
:map <F4> 3w
|
:map <F4> 3w
|
||||||
Typing 2<F4> will result in "23w". Thus not moving 2 * 3 words but 23 words.
|
Typing 2<F4> will result in "23w". Thus not moving 2 * 3 words but 23 words.
|
||||||
If you want to multiply counts use the expression register: >
|
If you want to multiply counts use the expression register: >
|
||||||
:map <F4> @='3w'<CR>
|
:map <F4> @='3w'<CR>
|
||||||
The part between quotes is the expression being executed. |@=|
|
The part between quotes is the expression being executed. |@=|
|
||||||
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ an additional rule:
|
|||||||
full-id In front of the match is a non-keyword character, or this is where
|
full-id In front of the match is a non-keyword character, or this is where
|
||||||
the line or insertion starts. Exception: When the abbreviation is
|
the line or insertion starts. Exception: When the abbreviation is
|
||||||
only one character, it is not recognized if there is a non-keyword
|
only one character, it is not recognized if there is a non-keyword
|
||||||
character in front of it, other than a space or a tab. However, for
|
character in front of it, other than a space or a tab. However, for
|
||||||
the command line "'<,'>" (or any other marks) is ignored, as if the
|
the command line "'<,'>" (or any other marks) is ignored, as if the
|
||||||
command line starts after it.
|
command line starts after it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1263,8 +1263,8 @@ be the user command ":Cc2" without an argument, or the command ":Cc" with
|
|||||||
argument "2". It is advised to put a space between the command name and the
|
argument "2". It is advised to put a space between the command name and the
|
||||||
argument to avoid these problems.
|
argument to avoid these problems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When using a user-defined command, the command can be abbreviated. However, if
|
When using a user-defined command, the command can be abbreviated. However,
|
||||||
an abbreviation is not unique, an error will be issued. Furthermore, a
|
if an abbreviation is not unique, an error will be issued. Furthermore, a
|
||||||
built-in command will always take precedence.
|
built-in command will always take precedence.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
@@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ It is recommended that full names for user-defined commands are used in
|
|||||||
scripts.
|
scripts.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:com[mand] *:com* *:command*
|
:com[mand] *:com* *:command*
|
||||||
List all user-defined commands. When listing commands,
|
List all user-defined commands. When listing
|
||||||
the characters in the first columns are:
|
commands, the characters in the first columns are:
|
||||||
! Command has the -bang attribute
|
! Command has the -bang attribute
|
||||||
" Command has the -register attribute
|
" Command has the -register attribute
|
||||||
| Command has the -bar attribute
|
| Command has the -bar attribute
|
||||||
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ scripts.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:command-verbose*
|
*:command-verbose*
|
||||||
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a command will also display where it was
|
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a command will also display where it was
|
||||||
last defined and any completion argument. Example: >
|
last defined and any completion argument. Example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:verbose command TOhtml
|
:verbose command TOhtml
|
||||||
< Name Args Range Complete Definition ~
|
< Name Args Range Complete Definition ~
|
||||||
@@ -1329,10 +1329,10 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Command attributes ~
|
Command attributes ~
|
||||||
*command-attributes*
|
*command-attributes*
|
||||||
User-defined commands are treated by Nvim just like any other Ex commands. They
|
User-defined commands are treated by Nvim just like any other Ex commands.
|
||||||
can have arguments, or have a range specified. Arguments are subject to
|
They can have arguments, or have a range specified. Arguments are subject to
|
||||||
completion as filenames, buffers, etc. Exactly how this works depends upon the
|
completion as filenames, buffers, etc. Exactly how this works depends upon
|
||||||
command's attributes, which are specified when the command is defined.
|
the command's attributes, which are specified when the command is defined.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When defining a user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
|
When defining a user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
|
||||||
local to the script and use mappings local to the script. When the user
|
local to the script and use mappings local to the script. When the user
|
||||||
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
|
|||||||
-complete=scriptnames sourced script names
|
-complete=scriptnames sourced script names
|
||||||
-complete=shellcmd Shell command
|
-complete=shellcmd Shell command
|
||||||
-complete=shellcmdline First is a shell command and subsequent ones
|
-complete=shellcmdline First is a shell command and subsequent ones
|
||||||
are filenames. The same behavior as |:!cmd|
|
are filenames. The same behavior as |:!cmd|
|
||||||
-complete=sign |:sign| suboptions
|
-complete=sign |:sign| suboptions
|
||||||
-complete=syntax syntax file names 'syntax'
|
-complete=syntax syntax file names 'syntax'
|
||||||
-complete=syntime |:syntime| suboptions
|
-complete=syntime |:syntime| suboptions
|
||||||
@@ -1440,8 +1440,8 @@ function with the following signature: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:function {func}(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
|
:function {func}(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The function need not use all these arguments. The function should provide the
|
The function need not use all these arguments. The function should provide
|
||||||
completion candidates as the return value.
|
the completion candidates as the return value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For the "custom" argument, the function should return the completion
|
For the "custom" argument, the function should return the completion
|
||||||
candidates one per line in a newline separated string.
|
candidates one per line in a newline separated string.
|
||||||
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ The function arguments are:
|
|||||||
The function may use these for determining context. For the "custom"
|
The function may use these for determining context. For the "custom"
|
||||||
argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
|
argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
|
||||||
pattern in) ArgLead. Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
|
pattern in) ArgLead. Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
|
||||||
after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. If
|
after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. If
|
||||||
'wildoptions' contains "fuzzy", then the candidates will be filtered using
|
'wildoptions' contains "fuzzy", then the candidates will be filtered using
|
||||||
|fuzzy-matching|. For the "customlist" argument, Vim will not
|
|fuzzy-matching|. For the "customlist" argument, Vim will not
|
||||||
filter the returned completion candidates and the user supplied function
|
filter the returned completion candidates and the user supplied function
|
||||||
@@ -1683,8 +1683,8 @@ The valid escape sequences are
|
|||||||
command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
|
command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
|
||||||
expands to nothing.
|
expands to nothing.
|
||||||
*<mods>* *<q-mods>* *:command-modifiers*
|
*<mods>* *<q-mods>* *:command-modifiers*
|
||||||
<mods> The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
|
<mods> The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
|
||||||
nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
|
nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
|
||||||
|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:horizontal|,
|
|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:horizontal|,
|
||||||
|:keepalt|, |:keepjumps|, |:keepmarks|, |:keeppatterns|,
|
|:keepalt|, |:keepjumps|, |:keepmarks|, |:keeppatterns|,
|
||||||
|:leftabove|, |:lockmarks|, |:noautocmd|, |:noswapfile|,
|
|:leftabove|, |:lockmarks|, |:noautocmd|, |:noswapfile|,
|
||||||
@@ -1791,9 +1791,9 @@ A more substantial example: >
|
|||||||
:endfunction
|
:endfunction
|
||||||
:command -nargs=+ -complete=command Allargs call Allargs(<q-args>)
|
:command -nargs=+ -complete=command Allargs call Allargs(<q-args>)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The command Allargs takes any Vim command(s) as argument and executes it on all
|
The command Allargs takes any Vim command(s) as argument and executes it on
|
||||||
files in the argument list. Usage example (note use of the "e" flag to ignore
|
all files in the argument list. Usage example (note use of the "e" flag to
|
||||||
errors and the "update" command to write modified buffers): >
|
ignore errors and the "update" command to write modified buffers): >
|
||||||
:Allargs %s/foo/bar/ge|update
|
:Allargs %s/foo/bar/ge|update
|
||||||
This will invoke: >
|
This will invoke: >
|
||||||
:call Allargs("%s/foo/bar/ge|update")
|
:call Allargs("%s/foo/bar/ge|update")
|
||||||
|
@@ -471,8 +471,8 @@ it to the Vim maintainer for inclusion in the distribution:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
HEBREW KEYMAP *keymap-hebrew*
|
HEBREW KEYMAP *keymap-hebrew*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This file explains what characters are available in UTF-8 and CP1255 encodings,
|
This file explains what characters are available in UTF-8 and CP1255
|
||||||
and what the keymaps are to get those characters:
|
encodings, and what the keymaps are to get those characters:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
glyph encoding keymap ~
|
glyph encoding keymap ~
|
||||||
Char UTF-8 cp1255 hebrew hebrewp name ~
|
Char UTF-8 cp1255 hebrew hebrewp name ~
|
||||||
|
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ path leading to the file.
|
|||||||
Cannot switch buffer. 'winfixbuf' is enabled
|
Cannot switch buffer. 'winfixbuf' is enabled
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If a window has 'winfixbuf' enabled, you cannot change that window's current
|
If a window has 'winfixbuf' enabled, you cannot change that window's current
|
||||||
buffer. You need to set 'nowinfixbuf' before continuing. You may use [!] to
|
buffer. You need to set 'nowinfixbuf' before continuing. You may use [!] to
|
||||||
force the window to switch buffers, if your command supports it.
|
force the window to switch buffers, if your command supports it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E72* >
|
*E72* >
|
||||||
|
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
|
|||||||
This sets $LC_TIME.
|
This sets $LC_TIME.
|
||||||
With the "collate" argument the language used for the
|
With the "collate" argument the language used for the
|
||||||
collation order is set. This affects sorting of
|
collation order is set. This affects sorting of
|
||||||
characters. This sets $LC_COLLATE.
|
characters. This sets $LC_COLLATE.
|
||||||
Without an argument all are set, and additionally
|
Without an argument all are set, and additionally
|
||||||
$LANG is set.
|
$LANG is set.
|
||||||
The LC_NUMERIC value will always be set to "C" so
|
The LC_NUMERIC value will always be set to "C" so
|
||||||
|
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ the two counts are multiplied. For example: "2d3w" deletes six words.
|
|||||||
*operator-doubled*
|
*operator-doubled*
|
||||||
When doubling the operator it operates on a line. When using a count, before
|
When doubling the operator it operates on a line. When using a count, before
|
||||||
or after the first character, that many lines are operated upon. Thus `3dd`
|
or after the first character, that many lines are operated upon. Thus `3dd`
|
||||||
deletes three lines. A count before and after the first character is
|
deletes three lines. A count before and after the first character is
|
||||||
multiplied, thus `2y3y` yanks six lines.
|
multiplied, thus `2y3y` yanks six lines.
|
||||||
*operator-resulting-pos*
|
*operator-resulting-pos*
|
||||||
After applying the operator the cursor is mostly left at the start of the text
|
After applying the operator the cursor is mostly left at the start of the text
|
||||||
@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ T{char} Till after [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the
|
|||||||
{char} can be entered like with the |f| command.
|
{char} can be entered like with the |f| command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*;*
|
*;*
|
||||||
; Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times. See |cpo-;|
|
; Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times. See |cpo-;|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*,*
|
*,*
|
||||||
, Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
|
, Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
|
||||||
[count] times. See also |cpo-;|
|
[count] times. See also |cpo-;|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
3. Up-down motions *up-down-motions*
|
3. Up-down motions *up-down-motions*
|
||||||
@@ -859,9 +859,9 @@ buffer list. If you remove the file from the buffer list, all its marks are
|
|||||||
lost. If you delete a line that contains a mark, that mark is erased.
|
lost. If you delete a line that contains a mark, that mark is erased.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Lowercase marks can be used in combination with operators. For example: "d't"
|
Lowercase marks can be used in combination with operators. For example: "d't"
|
||||||
deletes the lines from the cursor position to mark 't'. Hint: Use mark 't' for
|
deletes the lines from the cursor position to mark 't'. Hint: Use mark 't'
|
||||||
Top, 'b' for Bottom, etc.. Lowercase marks are restored when using undo and
|
for Top, 'b' for Bottom, etc.. Lowercase marks are restored when using undo
|
||||||
redo.
|
and redo.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Uppercase marks 'A to 'Z include the file name. You can use them to jump from
|
Uppercase marks 'A to 'Z include the file name. You can use them to jump from
|
||||||
file to file. You can only use an uppercase mark with an operator if the mark
|
file to file. You can only use an uppercase mark with an operator if the mark
|
||||||
@@ -1148,9 +1148,9 @@ stored in the ShaDa file and restored when starting Vim.
|
|||||||
*jumplist-stack*
|
*jumplist-stack*
|
||||||
When 'jumpoptions' option includes "stack", the jumplist behaves like the tag
|
When 'jumpoptions' option includes "stack", the jumplist behaves like the tag
|
||||||
stack. When jumping to a new location from the middle of the jumplist, the
|
stack. When jumping to a new location from the middle of the jumplist, the
|
||||||
locations after the current position will be discarded. With this option set
|
locations after the current position will be discarded. With this option set
|
||||||
you can move through a tree of jump locations. When going back up a branch and
|
you can move through a tree of jump locations. When going back up a branch
|
||||||
then down another branch, CTRL-O still takes you further up the tree.
|
and then down another branch, CTRL-O still takes you further up the tree.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Given a jumplist like the following in which CTRL-O has been used to move back
|
Given a jumplist like the following in which CTRL-O has been used to move back
|
||||||
three times to location X: >
|
three times to location X: >
|
||||||
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ remembered.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*%*
|
*%*
|
||||||
% Find the next item in this line after or under the
|
% Find the next item in this line after or under the
|
||||||
cursor and jump to its match. |inclusive| motion.
|
cursor and jump to its match. |inclusive| motion.
|
||||||
Items can be:
|
Items can be:
|
||||||
([{}]) parenthesis or (curly/square) brackets
|
([{}]) parenthesis or (curly/square) brackets
|
||||||
(this can be changed with the
|
(this can be changed with the
|
||||||
@@ -1326,15 +1326,15 @@ bring you back to the switch statement.
|
|||||||
similar structured language). When not after the
|
similar structured language). When not after the
|
||||||
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
||||||
class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is
|
class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is
|
||||||
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
*[M*
|
*[M*
|
||||||
[M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or
|
[M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or
|
||||||
similar structured language). When not after the
|
similar structured language). When not after the
|
||||||
end of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
end of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
||||||
class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is
|
class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is
|
||||||
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The above two commands assume that the file contains a class with methods.
|
The above four commands assume that the file contains a class with methods.
|
||||||
The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class
|
The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class
|
||||||
is also surrounded with '{' and '}'. This applies to the Java language. The
|
is also surrounded with '{' and '}'. This applies to the Java language. The
|
||||||
file looks like this: >
|
file looks like this: >
|
||||||
@@ -1367,7 +1367,8 @@ Using "3[m" will jump to the start of the class.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif
|
These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif
|
||||||
constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where
|
constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where
|
||||||
the current line is included. You can then use "%" to go to the matching line.
|
the current line is included. You can then use "%" to go to the matching
|
||||||
|
line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[star* *[/*
|
*[star* *[/*
|
||||||
[* or [/ Go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*".
|
[* or [/ Go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*".
|
||||||
|
@@ -1130,8 +1130,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
'breakindent' 'bri' boolean (default off)
|
'breakindent' 'bri' boolean (default off)
|
||||||
local to window
|
local to window
|
||||||
Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
||||||
space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
|
space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal
|
||||||
of text.
|
blocks of text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
|
*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
|
||||||
'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default "")
|
'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default "")
|
||||||
@@ -1540,12 +1540,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
] tag completion
|
] tag completion
|
||||||
t same as "]"
|
t same as "]"
|
||||||
f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
||||||
F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be specified.
|
F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be
|
||||||
Refer to |complete-functions| for details on how the function
|
specified. Refer to |complete-functions| for details on how
|
||||||
is invoked and what it should return. The value can be the
|
the function is invoked and what it should return. The value
|
||||||
name of a function or a |Funcref|. For |Funcref| values,
|
can be the name of a function or a |Funcref|. For |Funcref|
|
||||||
spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and commas with
|
values, spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and
|
||||||
double backslashes ('\\') (see |option-backslash|).
|
commas with double backslashes ('\\') (see |option-backslash|).
|
||||||
Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
||||||
starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
||||||
their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
||||||
@@ -1715,7 +1715,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
||||||
Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
||||||
- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
||||||
useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
|
useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on
|
||||||
|
MS-Windows.
|
||||||
- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
||||||
'shellslash'.
|
'shellslash'.
|
||||||
For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
||||||
@@ -3178,7 +3179,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
||||||
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||||||
This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||||||
NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'formatlistpat'* *'flp'*
|
*'formatlistpat'* *'flp'*
|
||||||
'formatlistpat' 'flp' string (default "^\s*\d\+[\]:.)}\t ]\s*")
|
'formatlistpat' 'flp' string (default "^\s*\d\+[\]:.)}\t ]\s*")
|
||||||
@@ -4023,9 +4023,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
|
*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
|
||||||
'langremap' 'lrm' boolean (default off)
|
'langremap' 'lrm' boolean (default off)
|
||||||
global
|
global
|
||||||
When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
|
When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting
|
||||||
a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings, make
|
from a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings,
|
||||||
sure this option is off.
|
make sure this option is off.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
|
*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
|
||||||
'laststatus' 'ls' number (default 2)
|
'laststatus' 'ls' number (default 2)
|
||||||
@@ -4046,8 +4046,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
||||||
typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
||||||
update use |:redraw|.
|
update use |:redraw|.
|
||||||
This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be set
|
This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be
|
||||||
temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
set temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
||||||
flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'lhistory'* *'lhi'*
|
*'lhistory'* *'lhi'*
|
||||||
@@ -6026,9 +6026,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
||||||
different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
'softtabstop' is temporarily set to 0 when 'paste' is on and reset
|
|
||||||
when it is turned off. It is also reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
||||||
enabled. See also |ins-expandtab| ans user manual section |30.5| for
|
enabled. See also |ins-expandtab| ans user manual section |30.5| for
|
||||||
in-depth explanations.
|
in-depth explanations.
|
||||||
|
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ path.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Nvim will also load ftdetect files, if there are any.
|
Nvim will also load ftdetect files, if there are any.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" are not loaded automatically, only the
|
Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" are not loaded automatically, only
|
||||||
ones under "pack/foo/start". See |pack-add| below for how the "opt" directory
|
the ones under "pack/foo/start". See |pack-add| below for how the "opt"
|
||||||
is used.
|
directory is used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Loading packages automatically will not happen if loading plugins is disabled,
|
Loading packages automatically will not happen if loading plugins is disabled,
|
||||||
see |load-plugins|.
|
see |load-plugins|.
|
||||||
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
|
If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
|
||||||
users can choose what they include or not. Or you can decide to use one
|
users can choose what they include or not. Or you can decide to use one
|
||||||
package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the preferred ones with
|
package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the preferred ones
|
||||||
`:packadd`.
|
with `:packadd`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Decide how you want to distribute the package. You can create an archive or
|
Decide how you want to distribute the package. You can create an archive or
|
||||||
you could use a repository. An archive can be used by more users, but is a
|
you could use a repository. An archive can be used by more users, but is a
|
||||||
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ the command after changing the plugin help: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Dependencies between plugins ~
|
Dependencies between plugins ~
|
||||||
*packload-two-steps*
|
*packload-two-steps*
|
||||||
Suppose you have two plugins that depend on the same functionality. You can
|
Suppose you have two plugins that depend on the same functionality. You can
|
||||||
put the common functionality in an autoload directory, so that it will be
|
put the common functionality in an autoload directory, so that it will be
|
||||||
found automatically. Your package would have these files:
|
found automatically. Your package would have these files:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ When searching backwards, searching starts at the start of the line, using the
|
|||||||
cursor position is used.
|
cursor position is used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
|
In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
|
||||||
for. In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still remembered,
|
for. In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still
|
||||||
unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'. The search pattern is always
|
remembered, unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'. The search pattern
|
||||||
put in the search history.
|
is always put in the search history.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the 'wrapscan' option is on (which is the default), searches wrap around
|
If the 'wrapscan' option is on (which is the default), searches wrap around
|
||||||
the end of the buffer. If 'wrapscan' is not set, the backward search stops
|
the end of the buffer. If 'wrapscan' is not set, the backward search stops
|
||||||
@@ -1134,11 +1134,12 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
|||||||
in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
|
in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
|
||||||
- If two characters in the sequence are separated by '-', this is
|
- If two characters in the sequence are separated by '-', this is
|
||||||
shorthand for the full list of ASCII characters between them. E.g.,
|
shorthand for the full list of ASCII characters between them. E.g.,
|
||||||
"[0-9]" matches any decimal digit. If the starting character exceeds
|
"[0-9]" matches any decimal digit. If the starting character
|
||||||
the ending character, e.g. [c-a], E944 occurs. Non-ASCII characters
|
exceeds the ending character, e.g. [c-a], E944 occurs. Non-ASCII
|
||||||
can be used, but the character values must not be more than 256 apart
|
characters can be used, but the character values must not be more
|
||||||
in the old regexp engine. For example, searching by [\u3000-\u4000]
|
than 256 apart in the old regexp engine. For example, searching by
|
||||||
after setting re=1 emits a E945 error. Prepending \%#=2 will fix it.
|
[\u3000-\u4000] after setting re=1 emits a E945 error. Prepending
|
||||||
|
\%#=2 will fix it.
|
||||||
- A character class expression is evaluated to the set of characters
|
- A character class expression is evaluated to the set of characters
|
||||||
belonging to that character class. The following character classes
|
belonging to that character class. The following character classes
|
||||||
are supported:
|
are supported:
|
||||||
|
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ compiler (see |errorformat| below).
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*quickfix-stack* *quickfix-ID*
|
*quickfix-stack* *quickfix-ID*
|
||||||
Each quickfix list has a unique identifier called the quickfix ID and this
|
Each quickfix list has a unique identifier called the quickfix ID and this
|
||||||
number will not change within a Vim session. The |getqflist()| function can be
|
number will not change within a Vim session. The |getqflist()| function can be
|
||||||
used to get the identifier assigned to a list. There is also a quickfix list
|
used to get the identifier assigned to a list. There is also a quickfix list
|
||||||
number which may change whenever more than 'chistory' lists are added to a
|
number which may change whenever more than 'chistory' lists are added to a
|
||||||
quickfix stack.
|
quickfix stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*location-list* *E776*
|
*location-list* *E776*
|
||||||
A location list is a window-local quickfix list. You get one after commands
|
A location list is a window-local quickfix list. You get one after commands
|
||||||
like `:lvimgrep`, `:lgrep`, `:lhelpgrep`, `:lmake`, etc., which create a
|
like `:lvimgrep`, `:lgrep`, `:lhelpgrep`, `:lmake`, etc., which create a
|
||||||
location list instead of a quickfix list as the corresponding `:vimgrep`,
|
location list instead of a quickfix list as the corresponding `:vimgrep`,
|
||||||
`:grep`, `:helpgrep`, `:make` do.
|
`:grep`, `:helpgrep`, `:make` do.
|
||||||
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ the location list is destroyed.
|
|||||||
*quickfix-changedtick*
|
*quickfix-changedtick*
|
||||||
Every quickfix and location list has a read-only changedtick variable that
|
Every quickfix and location list has a read-only changedtick variable that
|
||||||
tracks the total number of changes made to the list. Every time the quickfix
|
tracks the total number of changes made to the list. Every time the quickfix
|
||||||
list is modified, this count is incremented. This can be used to perform an
|
list is modified, this count is incremented. This can be used to perform an
|
||||||
action only when the list has changed. The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()|
|
action only when the list has changed. The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()|
|
||||||
functions can be used to query the current value of changedtick. You cannot
|
functions can be used to query the current value of changedtick. You cannot
|
||||||
change the changedtick variable.
|
change the changedtick variable.
|
||||||
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
*:cc*
|
*:cc*
|
||||||
:cc[!] [nr] Display error [nr]. If [nr] is omitted, the same
|
:cc[!] [nr] Display error [nr]. If [nr] is omitted, the same
|
||||||
:[nr]cc[!] error is displayed again. Without [!] this doesn't
|
:[nr]cc[!] error is displayed again. Without [!] this doesn't
|
||||||
work when jumping to another buffer, the current buffer
|
work when jumping to another buffer, the current
|
||||||
has been changed, there is the only window for the
|
buffer has been changed, there is the only window for
|
||||||
buffer and both 'hidden' and 'autowrite' are off.
|
the buffer and both 'hidden' and 'autowrite' are off.
|
||||||
When jumping to another buffer with [!] any changes to
|
When jumping to another buffer with [!] any changes to
|
||||||
the current buffer are lost, unless 'hidden' is set or
|
the current buffer are lost, unless 'hidden' is set or
|
||||||
there is another window for this buffer.
|
there is another window for this buffer.
|
||||||
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
used. If there are no errors, then an error message
|
used. If there are no errors, then an error message
|
||||||
is displayed. Assumes that the entries in a quickfix
|
is displayed. Assumes that the entries in a quickfix
|
||||||
list are sorted by their buffer number and line
|
list are sorted by their buffer number and line
|
||||||
number. If there are multiple errors on the same line,
|
number. If there are multiple errors on the same
|
||||||
then only the first entry is used. If [count] exceeds
|
line, then only the first entry is used. If [count]
|
||||||
the number of entries above the current line, then the
|
exceeds the number of entries above the current line,
|
||||||
first error in the file is selected.
|
then the first error in the file is selected.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lab* *:labove*
|
*:lab* *:labove*
|
||||||
:[count]lab[ove] Same as ":cabove", except the location list for the
|
:[count]lab[ove] Same as ":cabove", except the location list for the
|
||||||
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:caddf* *:caddfile*
|
*:caddf* *:caddfile*
|
||||||
:caddf[ile] [errorfile] Read the error file and add the errors from the
|
:caddf[ile] [errorfile] Read the error file and add the errors from the
|
||||||
errorfile to the current quickfix list. If a quickfix
|
errorfile to the current quickfix list. If a quickfix
|
||||||
list is not present, then a new list is created.
|
list is not present, then a new list is created.
|
||||||
If the encoding of the error file differs from the
|
If the encoding of the error file differs from the
|
||||||
'encoding' option, you can use the 'makeencoding'
|
'encoding' option, you can use the 'makeencoding'
|
||||||
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
Read the error list from the current buffer and add
|
Read the error list from the current buffer and add
|
||||||
the errors to the current quickfix list. If a
|
the errors to the current quickfix list. If a
|
||||||
quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
|
quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
|
||||||
created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
|
created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:laddb* *:laddbuffer*
|
*:laddb* *:laddbuffer*
|
||||||
:[range]laddb[uffer] [bufnr]
|
:[range]laddb[uffer] [bufnr]
|
||||||
@@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:cadde* *:caddexpr*
|
*:cadde* *:caddexpr*
|
||||||
:cadde[xpr] {expr} Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
|
:cadde[xpr] {expr} Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
|
||||||
current quickfix list. If a quickfix list is not
|
current quickfix list. If a quickfix list is not
|
||||||
present, then a new list is created. The current
|
present, then a new list is created. The current
|
||||||
cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
|
cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
|
||||||
more information.
|
more information.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
:g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") .. ":" .. line(".") .. ":" .. getline(".")
|
:g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") .. ":" .. line(".") .. ":" .. getline(".")
|
||||||
@@ -392,11 +392,12 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
|||||||
*:cl* *:clist*
|
*:cl* *:clist*
|
||||||
:cl[ist] [from] [, [to]]
|
:cl[ist] [from] [, [to]]
|
||||||
List all errors that are valid |quickfix-valid|.
|
List all errors that are valid |quickfix-valid|.
|
||||||
If numbers [from] and/or [to] are given, the respective
|
If numbers [from] and/or [to] are given, the
|
||||||
range of errors is listed. A negative number counts
|
respective range of errors is listed. A negative
|
||||||
from the last error backwards, -1 being the last error.
|
number counts from the last error backwards, -1 being
|
||||||
|
the last error.
|
||||||
The |:filter| command can be used to display only the
|
The |:filter| command can be used to display only the
|
||||||
quickfix entries matching a supplied pattern. The
|
quickfix entries matching a supplied pattern. The
|
||||||
pattern is matched against the filename, module name,
|
pattern is matched against the filename, module name,
|
||||||
pattern and text of the entry.
|
pattern and text of the entry.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -432,7 +433,7 @@ the error location may not be correct. If you quit Vim and start again the
|
|||||||
marks are lost and the error locations may not be correct anymore.
|
marks are lost and the error locations may not be correct anymore.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Two autocommands are available for running commands before and after a
|
Two autocommands are available for running commands before and after a
|
||||||
quickfix command (':make', ':grep' and so on) is executed. See
|
quickfix command (':make', ':grep' and so on) is executed. See
|
||||||
|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| for details.
|
|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
|
*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
|
||||||
@@ -451,11 +452,11 @@ use this code: >
|
|||||||
Another option is using 'makeencoding'.
|
Another option is using 'makeencoding'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*quickfix-title*
|
*quickfix-title*
|
||||||
Every quickfix and location list has a title. By default the title is set to
|
Every quickfix and location list has a title. By default the title is set to
|
||||||
the command that created the list. The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()|
|
the command that created the list. The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()|
|
||||||
functions can be used to get the title of a quickfix and a location list
|
functions can be used to get the title of a quickfix and a location list
|
||||||
respectively. The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to
|
respectively. The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to
|
||||||
modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
|
modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
|
||||||
call setqflist([], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
|
call setqflist([], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'title' : 1})
|
echo getqflist({'title' : 1})
|
||||||
call setloclist(3, [], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
|
call setloclist(3, [], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
|
||||||
@@ -464,32 +465,32 @@ modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
|
|||||||
*quickfix-index*
|
*quickfix-index*
|
||||||
When you jump to a quickfix/location list entry using any of the quickfix
|
When you jump to a quickfix/location list entry using any of the quickfix
|
||||||
commands (e.g. |:cc|, |:cnext|, |:cprev|, etc.), that entry becomes the
|
commands (e.g. |:cc|, |:cnext|, |:cprev|, etc.), that entry becomes the
|
||||||
currently selected entry. The index of the currently selected entry in a
|
currently selected entry. The index of the currently selected entry in a
|
||||||
quickfix/location list can be obtained using the getqflist()/getloclist()
|
quickfix/location list can be obtained using the getqflist()/getloclist()
|
||||||
functions. Examples: >
|
functions. Examples: >
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'idx' : 0}).idx
|
echo getqflist({'idx' : 0}).idx
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 0}).idx
|
echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 0}).idx
|
||||||
echo getloclist(2, {'idx' : 0}).idx
|
echo getloclist(2, {'idx' : 0}).idx
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
For a new quickfix list, the first entry is selected and the index is 1. Any
|
For a new quickfix list, the first entry is selected and the index is 1. Any
|
||||||
entry in any quickfix/location list can be set as the currently selected entry
|
entry in any quickfix/location list can be set as the currently selected entry
|
||||||
using the setqflist() function. Examples: >
|
using the setqflist() function. Examples: >
|
||||||
call setqflist([], 'a', {'idx' : 12})
|
call setqflist([], 'a', {'idx' : 12})
|
||||||
call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 7})
|
call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 7})
|
||||||
call setloclist(1, [], 'a', {'idx' : 7})
|
call setloclist(1, [], 'a', {'idx' : 7})
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*quickfix-size*
|
*quickfix-size*
|
||||||
You can get the number of entries (size) in a quickfix and a location list
|
You can get the number of entries (size) in a quickfix and a location list
|
||||||
using the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively. Examples: >
|
using the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively. Examples: >
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'size' : 1})
|
echo getqflist({'size' : 1})
|
||||||
echo getloclist(5, {'size' : 1})
|
echo getloclist(5, {'size' : 1})
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*quickfix-context*
|
*quickfix-context*
|
||||||
Any Vim type can be associated as a context with a quickfix or location list.
|
Any Vim type can be associated as a context with a quickfix or location list.
|
||||||
The |setqflist()| and the |setloclist()| functions can be used to associate a
|
The |setqflist()| and the |setloclist()| functions can be used to associate a
|
||||||
context with a quickfix and a location list respectively. The |getqflist()|
|
context with a quickfix and a location list respectively. The |getqflist()|
|
||||||
and the |getloclist()| functions can be used to retrieve the context of a
|
and the |getloclist()| functions can be used to retrieve the context of a
|
||||||
quickfix and a location list respectively. This is useful for a Vim plugin
|
quickfix and a location list respectively. This is useful for a Vim plugin
|
||||||
dealing with multiple quickfix/location lists.
|
dealing with multiple quickfix/location lists.
|
||||||
Examples: >
|
Examples: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -503,11 +504,11 @@ Examples: >
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*quickfix-parse*
|
*quickfix-parse*
|
||||||
You can parse a list of lines using 'errorformat' without creating or
|
You can parse a list of lines using 'errorformat' without creating or
|
||||||
modifying a quickfix list using the |getqflist()| function. Examples: >
|
modifying a quickfix list using the |getqflist()| function. Examples: >
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:Line10", "F2:20:Line20"]})
|
echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:Line10", "F2:20:Line20"]})
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn quickfix *')})
|
echo getqflist({'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn quickfix *')})
|
||||||
This returns a dictionary where the "items" key contains the list of quickfix
|
This returns a dictionary where the "items" key contains the list of quickfix
|
||||||
entries parsed from lines. The following shows how to use a custom
|
entries parsed from lines. The following shows how to use a custom
|
||||||
'errorformat' to parse the lines without modifying the 'errorformat' option: >
|
'errorformat' to parse the lines without modifying the 'errorformat' option: >
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'efm' : '%f#%l#%m', 'lines' : ['F1#10#Line']})
|
echo getqflist({'efm' : '%f#%l#%m', 'lines' : ['F1#10#Line']})
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
@@ -586,11 +587,11 @@ Then you can use the following commands to filter a quickfix/location list: >
|
|||||||
:Lfilter[!] /{pat}/
|
:Lfilter[!] /{pat}/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The |:Cfilter| command creates a new quickfix list from the entries matching
|
The |:Cfilter| command creates a new quickfix list from the entries matching
|
||||||
{pat} in the current quickfix list. {pat} is a Vim |regular-expression|
|
{pat} in the current quickfix list. {pat} is a Vim |regular-expression|
|
||||||
pattern. Both the file name and the text of the entries are matched against
|
pattern. Both the file name and the text of the entries are matched against
|
||||||
{pat}. If the optional ! is supplied, then the entries not matching {pat} are
|
{pat}. If the optional ! is supplied, then the entries not matching {pat} are
|
||||||
used. The pattern can be optionally enclosed using one of the following
|
used. The pattern can be optionally enclosed using one of the following
|
||||||
characters: ', ", /. If the pattern is empty, then the last used search
|
characters: ', ", /. If the pattern is empty, then the last used search
|
||||||
pattern is used.
|
pattern is used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The |:Lfilter| command does the same as |:Cfilter| but operates on the current
|
The |:Lfilter| command does the same as |:Cfilter| but operates on the current
|
||||||
@@ -619,19 +620,19 @@ can go back to the unfiltered list using the |:colder|/|:lolder| command.
|
|||||||
'buftype' equal to "quickfix". Don't change this!
|
'buftype' equal to "quickfix". Don't change this!
|
||||||
The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
|
The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
|
||||||
which will indicate the command that produced the
|
which will indicate the command that produced the
|
||||||
quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
|
quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
|
||||||
status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
|
status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
|
||||||
properly. Whenever this buffer is modified by a
|
properly. Whenever this buffer is modified by a
|
||||||
quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
|
quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
|
||||||
variable is incremented. You can get the number of
|
variable is incremented. You can get the number of
|
||||||
this buffer using the getqflist() and getloclist()
|
this buffer using the getqflist() and getloclist()
|
||||||
functions by passing the "qfbufnr" item. For a
|
functions by passing the "qfbufnr" item. For a
|
||||||
location list, this buffer is wiped out when the
|
location list, this buffer is wiped out when the
|
||||||
location list is removed.
|
location list is removed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lop* *:lopen*
|
*:lop* *:lopen*
|
||||||
:lop[en] [height] Open a window to show the location list for the
|
:lop[en] [height] Open a window to show the location list for the
|
||||||
current window. Works only when the location list for
|
current window. Works only when the location list for
|
||||||
the current window is present. You can have more than
|
the current window is present. You can have more than
|
||||||
one location window opened at a time. Otherwise, it
|
one location window opened at a time. Otherwise, it
|
||||||
acts the same as ":copen".
|
acts the same as ":copen".
|
||||||
@@ -738,7 +739,7 @@ The location list window displays the entries in a location list. When you
|
|||||||
open a location list window, it is created below the current window and
|
open a location list window, it is created below the current window and
|
||||||
displays the location list for the current window. The location list window
|
displays the location list for the current window. The location list window
|
||||||
is similar to the quickfix window, except that you can have more than one
|
is similar to the quickfix window, except that you can have more than one
|
||||||
location list window open at a time. When you use a location list command in
|
location list window open at a time. When you use a location list command in
|
||||||
this window, the displayed location list is used.
|
this window, the displayed location list is used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you select a file from the location list window, the following steps are
|
When you select a file from the location list window, the following steps are
|
||||||
@@ -767,7 +768,7 @@ present). Examples: >
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*getqflist-examples*
|
*getqflist-examples*
|
||||||
The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions can be used to get the various
|
The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions can be used to get the various
|
||||||
attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
|
attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
|
||||||
using these functions are below:
|
using these functions are below:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
" get the title of the current quickfix list
|
" get the title of the current quickfix list
|
||||||
@@ -833,7 +834,7 @@ using these functions are below:
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*setqflist-examples*
|
*setqflist-examples*
|
||||||
The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to set the various
|
The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to set the various
|
||||||
attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
|
attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
|
||||||
using these functions are below:
|
using these functions are below:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
" create an empty quickfix list with a title and a context
|
" create an empty quickfix list with a title and a context
|
||||||
@@ -917,7 +918,7 @@ existing error lists as the current one.
|
|||||||
error list 3 of 3; 15 errors :grep ex_help *.c
|
error list 3 of 3; 15 errors :grep ex_help *.c
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
When [count] is given, then the count'th quickfix
|
When [count] is given, then the count'th quickfix
|
||||||
list is made the current list. Example: >
|
list is made the current list. Example: >
|
||||||
" Make the 4th quickfix list current
|
" Make the 4th quickfix list current
|
||||||
:4chistory
|
:4chistory
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
@@ -934,7 +935,7 @@ lists, use ":cnewer 99" first.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To get the number of lists in the quickfix and location list stack, you can
|
To get the number of lists in the quickfix and location list stack, you can
|
||||||
use the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively with the list
|
use the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively with the list
|
||||||
number set to the special value '$'. Examples: >
|
number set to the special value '$'. Examples: >
|
||||||
echo getqflist({'nr' : '$'}).nr
|
echo getqflist({'nr' : '$'}).nr
|
||||||
echo getloclist(3, {'nr' : '$'}).nr
|
echo getloclist(3, {'nr' : '$'}).nr
|
||||||
To get the number of the current list in the stack: >
|
To get the number of the current list in the stack: >
|
||||||
@@ -1090,7 +1091,7 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
|
|||||||
buffer are abandoned.
|
buffer are abandoned.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
'f' When the 'f' flag is specified, fuzzy string
|
'f' When the 'f' flag is specified, fuzzy string
|
||||||
matching is used to find matching lines. In this
|
matching is used to find matching lines. In this
|
||||||
case, {pattern} is treated as a literal string
|
case, {pattern} is treated as a literal string
|
||||||
instead of a regular expression. See
|
instead of a regular expression. See
|
||||||
|fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
|
|fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
|
||||||
@@ -1205,8 +1206,8 @@ arguments to :grep are passed straight to the "grep" program, so you can use
|
|||||||
whatever options your "grep" supports.
|
whatever options your "grep" supports.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, :grep invokes grep with the -n option (show file and line
|
By default, :grep invokes grep with the -n option (show file and line
|
||||||
numbers). You can change this with the 'grepprg' option. You will need to set
|
numbers). You can change this with the 'grepprg' option. You will need to
|
||||||
'grepprg' if:
|
set 'grepprg' if:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
a) You are using a program that isn't called "grep"
|
a) You are using a program that isn't called "grep"
|
||||||
b) You have to call grep with a full path
|
b) You have to call grep with a full path
|
||||||
@@ -1304,7 +1305,7 @@ Use the |compiler-make| plugin to undo the effect of a compiler plugin.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
CPPCHECK *quickfix-cppcheck* *compiler-cppcheck*
|
CPPCHECK *quickfix-cppcheck* *compiler-cppcheck*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use g/b:`c_cppcheck_params` to set cppcheck parameters. The global
|
Use g/b:`c_cppcheck_params` to set cppcheck parameters. The global
|
||||||
settings by default include
|
settings by default include
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- `--verbose`: Enables verbose output.
|
- `--verbose`: Enables verbose output.
|
||||||
@@ -1319,10 +1320,10 @@ For C++ files (`filetype == 'cpp'`), the `--language=c++` option is added to
|
|||||||
ensure Cppcheck treats the file as C++.
|
ensure Cppcheck treats the file as C++.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If compile_commands.json is present in the current directory, it is added as a
|
If compile_commands.json is present in the current directory, it is added as a
|
||||||
`--project` parameter to the command line. Otherwise, by default the
|
`--project` parameter to the command line. Otherwise, by default the
|
||||||
directories in &path are passed as include directories. These can be set by
|
directories in &path are passed as include directories. These can be set by
|
||||||
g/b:`c_cppcheck_includes` as a list of `-I` flags. Tim Pope's vim-apathy
|
g/b:`c_cppcheck_includes` as a list of `-I` flags. Tim Pope's vim-apathy
|
||||||
plug-in [0] can expand &path. To also append the folders in a git repo use >
|
plug-in [0] can expand &path. To also append the folders in a git repo use >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
let &l:path = join(systemlist('git ls-tree -d --name-only -r HEAD'), ',')
|
let &l:path = join(systemlist('git ls-tree -d --name-only -r HEAD'), ',')
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1330,12 +1331,13 @@ plug-in [0] can expand &path. To also append the folders in a git repo use >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
DOTNET *compiler-dotnet*
|
DOTNET *compiler-dotnet*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The .NET CLI compiler outputs both errors and warnings by default. The output
|
The .NET CLI compiler outputs both errors and warnings by default. The output
|
||||||
may be limited to include only errors, by setting the g:dotnet_errors_only
|
may be limited to include only errors, by setting the g:dotnet_errors_only
|
||||||
variable to |v:true|.
|
variable to |v:true|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The associated project name is included in each error and warning. To suppress
|
The associated project name is included in each error and warning. To
|
||||||
the project name, set the g:dotnet_show_project_file variable to |v:false|.
|
suppress the project name, set the g:dotnet_show_project_file variable to
|
||||||
|
|v:false|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example: limit output to only display errors, and suppress the project name: >
|
Example: limit output to only display errors, and suppress the project name: >
|
||||||
let dotnet_errors_only = v:true
|
let dotnet_errors_only = v:true
|
||||||
@@ -1598,9 +1600,9 @@ manpage) as input and expects that the output file type extension is passed to
|
|||||||
make, say :make html or :make pdf.
|
make, say :make html or :make pdf.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Additional arguments can be passed to groff by setting them in
|
Additional arguments can be passed to groff by setting them in
|
||||||
`b:groff_compiler_args` or `g:groff_compiler_args`. The `language` argument
|
`b:groff_compiler_args` or `g:groff_compiler_args`. The `language` argument
|
||||||
passed to groff is set using 'spelllang'; it can be overridden by setting
|
passed to groff is set using 'spelllang'; it can be overridden by setting
|
||||||
`b:groff_compiler_lang`. The default encoding is `UTF-8` and can be changed
|
`b:groff_compiler_lang`. The default encoding is `UTF-8` and can be changed
|
||||||
by setting `b:groff_compiler_encoding` or `g:groff_compiler_encoding`.
|
by setting `b:groff_compiler_encoding` or `g:groff_compiler_encoding`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PANDOC *quickfix-pandoc* *compiler-pandoc*
|
PANDOC *quickfix-pandoc* *compiler-pandoc*
|
||||||
@@ -1687,8 +1689,8 @@ Included in the distribution compiler for TeX ($VIMRUNTIME/compiler/tex.vim)
|
|||||||
uses make command if possible. If the compiler finds a file named "Makefile"
|
uses make command if possible. If the compiler finds a file named "Makefile"
|
||||||
or "makefile" in the current directory, it supposes that you want to process
|
or "makefile" in the current directory, it supposes that you want to process
|
||||||
your `*TeX` files with make, and the makefile does the right work. In this case
|
your `*TeX` files with make, and the makefile does the right work. In this case
|
||||||
compiler sets 'errorformat' for `*TeX` output and leaves 'makeprg' untouched. If
|
compiler sets 'errorformat' for `*TeX` output and leaves 'makeprg' untouched.
|
||||||
neither "Makefile" nor "makefile" is found, the compiler will not use make.
|
If neither "Makefile" nor "makefile" is found, the compiler will not use make.
|
||||||
You can force the compiler to ignore makefiles by defining
|
You can force the compiler to ignore makefiles by defining
|
||||||
b:tex_ignore_makefile or g:tex_ignore_makefile variable (they are checked for
|
b:tex_ignore_makefile or g:tex_ignore_makefile variable (they are checked for
|
||||||
existence only).
|
existence only).
|
||||||
@@ -1728,13 +1730,13 @@ b/g:tsc_makeprg variable. For example: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
TYPST COMPILER *compiler-typst*
|
TYPST COMPILER *compiler-typst*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim includes a compiler plugin for Typst files. This compiler is enabled
|
Vim includes a compiler plugin for Typst files. This compiler is enabled
|
||||||
automatically in Typst buffers by the Typst filetype plugin |ft-typst-plugin|.
|
automatically in Typst buffers by the Typst filetype plugin |ft-typst-plugin|.
|
||||||
Run |:make| to compile the current Typst file.
|
Run |:make| to compile the current Typst file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g:typst_cmd*
|
*g:typst_cmd*
|
||||||
By default Vim will use "typst" as the command to run the Typst compiler. This
|
By default Vim will use "typst" as the command to run the Typst compiler.
|
||||||
can be changed by setting the |g:typst_cmd| variable: >
|
This can be changed by setting the |g:typst_cmd| variable: >
|
||||||
let g:typst_cmd = "/path/to/other/command"
|
let g:typst_cmd = "/path/to/other/command"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
=============================================================================
|
=============================================================================
|
||||||
@@ -1821,11 +1823,11 @@ or >
|
|||||||
to indicate the column of the error. This is to be used in a multi-line error
|
to indicate the column of the error. This is to be used in a multi-line error
|
||||||
message. See |errorformat-javac| for a useful example.
|
message. See |errorformat-javac| for a useful example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The "%s" conversion specifies the text to search for, to locate the error line.
|
The "%s" conversion specifies the text to search for, to locate the error
|
||||||
The text is used as a literal string. The anchors "^" and "$" are added to
|
line. The text is used as a literal string. The anchors "^" and "$" are
|
||||||
the text to locate the error line exactly matching the search text and the
|
added to the text to locate the error line exactly matching the search text
|
||||||
text is prefixed with the "\V" atom to make it "very nomagic". The "%s"
|
and the text is prefixed with the "\V" atom to make it "very nomagic". The
|
||||||
conversion can be used to locate lines without a line number in the error
|
"%s" conversion can be used to locate lines without a line number in the error
|
||||||
output. Like the output of the "grep" shell command.
|
output. Like the output of the "grep" shell command.
|
||||||
When the pattern is present the line number will not be used.
|
When the pattern is present the line number will not be used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2017,7 +2019,8 @@ be escaped), meta symbols have to be written with leading '%':
|
|||||||
%~ The single '~' character.
|
%~ The single '~' character.
|
||||||
When using character classes in expressions (see |/\i| for an overview),
|
When using character classes in expressions (see |/\i| for an overview),
|
||||||
terms containing the "\+" quantifier can be written in the scanf() "%*"
|
terms containing the "\+" quantifier can be written in the scanf() "%*"
|
||||||
notation. Example: "%\\d%\\+" ("\d\+", "any number") is equivalent to "%*\\d".
|
notation. Example: "%\\d%\\+" ("\d\+", "any number") is equivalent to
|
||||||
|
"%*\\d".
|
||||||
Important note: The \(...\) grouping of sub-matches can not be used in format
|
Important note: The \(...\) grouping of sub-matches can not be used in format
|
||||||
specifications because it is reserved for internal conversions.
|
specifications because it is reserved for internal conversions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2223,7 +2226,7 @@ You need to put the following in "vim-javac-filter" somewhere in your path
|
|||||||
In English, that sed script:
|
In English, that sed script:
|
||||||
- Changes single tabs to single spaces and
|
- Changes single tabs to single spaces and
|
||||||
- Moves the line with the filename, line number, error message to just after
|
- Moves the line with the filename, line number, error message to just after
|
||||||
the pointer line. That way, the unused error text between doesn't break
|
the pointer line. That way, the unused error text between doesn't break
|
||||||
vim's notion of a "multi-line message" and also doesn't force us to include
|
vim's notion of a "multi-line message" and also doesn't force us to include
|
||||||
it as a "continuation of a multi-line message."
|
it as a "continuation of a multi-line message."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2347,40 +2350,40 @@ The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
|
|||||||
For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text needs to be customized.
|
For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text needs to be customized.
|
||||||
For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
|
For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
|
||||||
two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed. Another
|
two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed. Another
|
||||||
use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
|
use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
|
||||||
complete path (which may be too long) is displayed for files which are not
|
complete path (which may be too long) is displayed for files which are not
|
||||||
under the current directory tree. The file path may need to be simplified to a
|
under the current directory tree. The file path may need to be simplified to
|
||||||
common parent directory.
|
a common parent directory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The displayed text can be customized by setting the 'quickfixtextfunc' option
|
The displayed text can be customized by setting the 'quickfixtextfunc' option
|
||||||
to a Vim function. This function will be called with a dict argument and
|
to a Vim function. This function will be called with a dict argument and
|
||||||
should return a List of strings to be displayed in the quickfix or location
|
should return a List of strings to be displayed in the quickfix or location
|
||||||
list window. The dict argument will have the following fields:
|
list window. The dict argument will have the following fields:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
quickfix set to 1 when called for a quickfix list and 0 when called for
|
quickfix set to 1 when called for a quickfix list and 0 when called for
|
||||||
a location list.
|
a location list.
|
||||||
winid for a location list, set to the id of the window with the
|
winid for a location list, set to the id of the window with the
|
||||||
location list. For a quickfix list, set to 0. Can be used in
|
location list. For a quickfix list, set to 0. Can be used in
|
||||||
getloclist() to get the location list entry.
|
getloclist() to get the location list entry.
|
||||||
id quickfix or location list identifier
|
id quickfix or location list identifier
|
||||||
start_idx index of the first entry for which text should be returned
|
start_idx index of the first entry for which text should be returned
|
||||||
end_idx index of the last entry for which text should be returned
|
end_idx index of the last entry for which text should be returned
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
|
The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
|
||||||
window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
|
window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
|
||||||
information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
|
information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
|
||||||
the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
|
the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
|
||||||
can be used with the "winid" argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
|
can be used with the "winid" argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
|
||||||
default format is used to display all the entries. If an item in the returned
|
default format is used to display all the entries. If an item in the returned
|
||||||
list is an empty string, then the default format is used to display the
|
list is an empty string, then the default format is used to display the
|
||||||
corresponding entry.
|
corresponding entry.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If a quickfix or location list specific customization is needed, then the
|
If a quickfix or location list specific customization is needed, then the
|
||||||
'quickfixtextfunc' attribute of the list can be set using the |setqflist()| or
|
'quickfixtextfunc' attribute of the list can be set using the |setqflist()| or
|
||||||
|setloclist()| function. This overrides the global 'quickfixtextfunc' option.
|
|setloclist()| function. This overrides the global 'quickfixtextfunc' option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The example below displays the list of old files (|v:oldfiles|) in a quickfix
|
The example below displays the list of old files (|v:oldfiles|) in a quickfix
|
||||||
window. As there is no line, column number and error text information
|
window. As there is no line, column number and error text information
|
||||||
associated with each entry, the 'quickfixtextfunc' function returns only the
|
associated with each entry, the 'quickfixtextfunc' function returns only the
|
||||||
filename.
|
filename.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
|
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile. And the
|
|||||||
|:noswapfile| modifier can be used to not create a swapfile for a new buffer.
|
|:noswapfile| modifier can be used to not create a swapfile for a new buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:nos[wapfile] {command} *:nos* *:noswapfile*
|
:nos[wapfile] {command} *:nos* *:noswapfile*
|
||||||
Execute {command}. If it contains a command that loads a new
|
Execute {command}. If it contains a command that loads a new
|
||||||
buffer, it will be loaded without creating a swapfile and the
|
buffer, it will be loaded without creating a swapfile and the
|
||||||
'swapfile' option will be reset. If a buffer already had a
|
'swapfile' option will be reset. If a buffer already had a
|
||||||
swapfile it is not removed and 'swapfile' is not reset.
|
swapfile it is not removed and 'swapfile' is not reset.
|
||||||
|
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ line is aborted and the global command continues with the next marked or
|
|||||||
unmarked line.
|
unmarked line.
|
||||||
*E147*
|
*E147*
|
||||||
When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line. Giving a
|
When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line. Giving a
|
||||||
range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
|
range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
|
||||||
pattern and do not match another pattern: >
|
pattern and do not match another pattern: >
|
||||||
:g/found/v/notfound/{cmd}
|
:g/found/v/notfound/{cmd}
|
||||||
This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
|
This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
|
||||||
@@ -163,18 +163,18 @@ Q Repeat the last recorded register [count] times.
|
|||||||
See |visual-repeat|, |default-mappings|.
|
See |visual-repeat|, |default-mappings|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:@*
|
*:@*
|
||||||
:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*+} Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} as an Ex
|
:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*+} Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} as an
|
||||||
command. First set cursor at line [addr] (default is
|
Ex command. First set cursor at line [addr] (default
|
||||||
current line). When the last line in the register does
|
is current line). When the last line in the register
|
||||||
not have a <CR> it will be added automatically when
|
does not have a <CR> it will be added automatically
|
||||||
the 'e' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.
|
when the 'e' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.
|
||||||
For ":@=" the last used expression is used. The
|
For ":@=" the last used expression is used. The
|
||||||
result of evaluating the expression is executed as an
|
result of evaluating the expression is executed as an
|
||||||
Ex command.
|
Ex command.
|
||||||
Mappings are not recognized in these commands.
|
Mappings are not recognized in these commands.
|
||||||
When the |line-continuation| character (\) is present
|
When the |line-continuation| character (\) is present
|
||||||
at the beginning of a line in a linewise register,
|
at the beginning of a line in a linewise register,
|
||||||
then it is combined with the previous line. This is
|
then it is combined with the previous line. This is
|
||||||
useful for yanking and executing parts of a Vim
|
useful for yanking and executing parts of a Vim
|
||||||
script.
|
script.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
When sourcing commands or Lua code from the current
|
When sourcing commands or Lua code from the current
|
||||||
buffer, the same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the
|
buffer, the same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the
|
||||||
buffer is sourced multiple times. If a buffer is
|
buffer is sourced multiple times. If a buffer is
|
||||||
sourced more than once, then the functions in the
|
sourced more than once, then the functions in the
|
||||||
buffer are defined again.
|
buffer are defined again.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ DEFINING BREAKPOINTS
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:breaka[dd] expr {expression}
|
:breaka[dd] expr {expression}
|
||||||
Sets a breakpoint, that will break whenever the {expression}
|
Sets a breakpoint, that will break whenever the {expression}
|
||||||
evaluates to a different value. Example: >
|
evaluates to a different value. Example: >
|
||||||
:breakadd expr g:lnum
|
:breakadd expr g:lnum
|
||||||
< Will break, whenever the global variable lnum changes.
|
< Will break, whenever the global variable lnum changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:prof[ile] stop
|
:prof[ile] stop
|
||||||
Write the collected profiling information to the logfile and
|
Write the collected profiling information to the logfile and
|
||||||
stop profiling. You can use the `:profile start` command to
|
stop profiling. You can use the `:profile start` command to
|
||||||
clear the profiling statistics and start profiling again.
|
clear the profiling statistics and start profiling again.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:prof[ile] pause
|
:prof[ile] pause
|
||||||
@@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
|
|||||||
collect the profiling statistics.
|
collect the profiling statistics.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:profd[el] ... *:profd* *:profdel*
|
:profd[el] ... *:profd* *:profdel*
|
||||||
Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
|
Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
|
||||||
for the arguments. Examples: >
|
for the arguments. Examples: >
|
||||||
profdel func MyFunc
|
profdel func MyFunc
|
||||||
profdel file MyScript.vim
|
profdel file MyScript.vim
|
||||||
profdel here
|
profdel here
|
||||||
|
@@ -50,19 +50,19 @@ The color of the column is set with the SignColumn highlight group
|
|||||||
If 'cursorline' is enabled, then the CursorLineSign highlight group is used
|
If 'cursorline' is enabled, then the CursorLineSign highlight group is used
|
||||||
|hl-CursorLineSign|.
|
|hl-CursorLineSign|.
|
||||||
*sign-identifier*
|
*sign-identifier*
|
||||||
Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This
|
Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This
|
||||||
identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier
|
identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier
|
||||||
is assigned when placing the sign using the |:sign-place| command or the
|
is assigned when placing the sign using the |:sign-place| command or the
|
||||||
|sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number (per
|
|sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number (per
|
||||||
buffer). Placing the same identifier twice will move the previously placed
|
buffer). Placing the same identifier twice will move the previously placed
|
||||||
sign. The |sign_place()| function can be called with a zero sign identifier to
|
sign. The |sign_place()| function can be called with a zero sign identifier
|
||||||
allocate the next available identifier.
|
to allocate the next available identifier.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*sign-group*
|
*sign-group*
|
||||||
Each placed sign can be assigned to either the global group or a named group.
|
Each placed sign can be assigned to either the global group or a named group.
|
||||||
When placing a sign, if a group name is not supplied, or an empty string is
|
When placing a sign, if a group name is not supplied, or an empty string is
|
||||||
used, then the sign is placed in the global group. Otherwise the sign is
|
used, then the sign is placed in the global group. Otherwise the sign is
|
||||||
placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
|
placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
|
||||||
sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
|
sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
|
||||||
other plugins using signs.
|
other plugins using signs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ See |sign_place()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
|
|||||||
By default, the sign is placed in the global sign group.
|
By default, the sign is placed in the global sign group.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, the sign is assigned a default priority of 10,
|
By default, the sign is assigned a default priority of 10,
|
||||||
unless specified otherwise by the sign definition. To assign a
|
unless specified otherwise by the sign definition. To assign
|
||||||
different priority value, use "priority={prio}" to specify a
|
a different priority value, use "priority={prio}" to specify a
|
||||||
value. The priority is used to determine the sign that is
|
value. The priority is used to determine the sign that is
|
||||||
displayed when multiple signs are placed on the same line.
|
displayed when multiple signs are placed on the same line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -287,7 +287,8 @@ See |sign_unplace()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
|
|||||||
all the files it appears in.
|
all the files it appears in.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] unplace *
|
:sig[n] unplace *
|
||||||
Remove all placed signs in the global group from all the files.
|
Remove all placed signs in the global group from all the
|
||||||
|
files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] unplace * group={group}
|
:sig[n] unplace * group={group}
|
||||||
Remove all placed signs in group {group} from all the files.
|
Remove all placed signs in group {group} from all the files.
|
||||||
@@ -296,8 +297,8 @@ See |sign_unplace()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
|
|||||||
Remove all placed signs in all the groups from all the files.
|
Remove all placed signs in all the groups from all the files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] unplace
|
:sig[n] unplace
|
||||||
Remove a placed sign at the cursor position. If multiple signs
|
Remove a placed sign at the cursor position. If multiple
|
||||||
are placed in the line, then only one is removed.
|
signs are placed in the line, then only one is removed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] unplace group={group}
|
:sig[n] unplace group={group}
|
||||||
Remove a placed sign in group {group} at the cursor
|
Remove a placed sign in group {group} at the cursor
|
||||||
@@ -355,7 +356,7 @@ See |sign_jump()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] jump {id} [buffer={nr}] *E934*
|
:sig[n] jump {id} [buffer={nr}] *E934*
|
||||||
Same, but use buffer {nr}. This fails if buffer {nr} does not
|
Same, but use buffer {nr}. This fails if buffer {nr} does not
|
||||||
have a name. If the buffer argument is not given, use the
|
have a name. If the buffer argument is not given, use the
|
||||||
current buffer.
|
current buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:sig[n] jump {id} group={group} [buffer={nr}]
|
:sig[n] jump {id} group={group} [buffer={nr}]
|
||||||
|
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ zuG Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
There are no normal mode commands to mark words as
|
There are no normal mode commands to mark words as
|
||||||
rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
|
rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
|
||||||
intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
|
intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
|
||||||
want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
|
want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
|
||||||
nnoremap z? :exe ':spellrare ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
|
nnoremap z? :exe ':spellrare ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
|
||||||
nnoremap z/ :exe ':spellrare! ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
|
nnoremap z/ :exe ':spellrare! ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
|
||||||
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ In a table:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*spell-cjk*
|
*spell-cjk*
|
||||||
Chinese, Japanese and other East Asian characters are normally marked as
|
Chinese, Japanese and other East Asian characters are normally marked as
|
||||||
errors, because spell checking of these characters is not supported. If
|
errors, because spell checking of these characters is not supported. If
|
||||||
'spelllang' includes "cjk", these characters are not marked as errors. This
|
'spelllang' includes "cjk", these characters are not marked as errors. This
|
||||||
is useful when editing text with spell checking while some Asian words are
|
is useful when editing text with spell checking while some Asian words are
|
||||||
present.
|
present.
|
||||||
@@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ Vim uses a binary file format for spelling. This greatly speeds up loading
|
|||||||
the word list and keeps it small.
|
the word list and keeps it small.
|
||||||
*.aff* *.dic* *Myspell*
|
*.aff* *.dic* *Myspell*
|
||||||
You can create a Vim spell file from the .aff and .dic files that Myspell
|
You can create a Vim spell file from the .aff and .dic files that Myspell
|
||||||
uses. Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt
|
uses. Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt
|
||||||
files are zip files which contain the .aff and .dic files. You should be able
|
files are zip files which contain the .aff and .dic files. You should be able
|
||||||
to find them here:
|
to find them here:
|
||||||
https://extensions.openoffice.org/en/search@f[0]=field_project_application%253A1&f[1]=field_project_tags%253A94.html
|
https://extensions.openoffice.org/en/search@f[0]=field_project_application%253A1&f[1]=field_project_tags%253A94.html
|
||||||
The older, OpenOffice 2 files may be used if this doesn't work:
|
The older, OpenOffice 2 files may be used if this doesn't work:
|
||||||
@@ -826,8 +826,8 @@ starting with an upper-case letter.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
When the word includes an upper-case letter, this means the upper-case letter
|
When the word includes an upper-case letter, this means the upper-case letter
|
||||||
is required at this position. The same word with a lower-case letter at this
|
is required at this position. The same word with a lower-case letter at this
|
||||||
position will not match. When some of the other letters are upper-case it will
|
position will not match. When some of the other letters are upper-case it
|
||||||
not match either.
|
will not match either.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The word with all upper-case characters will always be OK,
|
The word with all upper-case characters will always be OK,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1166,9 +1166,10 @@ WORDS WITH A SLASH *spell-SLASH*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
The slash is used in the .dic file to separate the basic word from the affix
|
The slash is used in the .dic file to separate the basic word from the affix
|
||||||
letters and other flags. Unfortunately, this means you cannot use a slash in
|
letters and other flags. Unfortunately, this means you cannot use a slash in
|
||||||
a word. Thus "TCP/IP" is not a word but "TCP" with the flags "IP". To include
|
a word. Thus "TCP/IP" is not a word but "TCP" with the flags "IP". To
|
||||||
a slash in the word put a backslash before it: "TCP\/IP". In the rare case
|
include a slash in the word put a backslash before it: "TCP\/IP". In the rare
|
||||||
you want to use a backslash inside a word you need to use two backslashes.
|
case you want to use a backslash inside a word you need to use two
|
||||||
|
backslashes.
|
||||||
Any other use of the backslash is reserved for future expansion.
|
Any other use of the backslash is reserved for future expansion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1597,7 +1598,7 @@ CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE (Hunspell) *spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
CHECKSHARPS (Hunspell) *spell-CHECKSHARPS*
|
CHECKSHARPS (Hunspell) *spell-CHECKSHARPS*
|
||||||
SS letter pair in uppercased (German) words may be upper case
|
SS letter pair in uppercased (German) words may be upper case
|
||||||
sharp s (ß). Not supported.
|
sharp s (ß). Not supported.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COMPLEXPREFIXES (Hunspell) *spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
|
COMPLEXPREFIXES (Hunspell) *spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
|
||||||
Enables using two prefixes. Not supported.
|
Enables using two prefixes. Not supported.
|
||||||
|
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ argument.
|
|||||||
"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
|
"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
|
||||||
available search patterns). The search starts at the cursor
|
available search patterns). The search starts at the cursor
|
||||||
position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
|
position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
|
||||||
last used from |shada|. To force a search from the first
|
last used from |shada|. To force a search from the first
|
||||||
line use "+1 +/pat".
|
line use "+1 +/pat".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
+{command} *-+c* *-c*
|
+{command} *-+c* *-c*
|
||||||
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@ has marks for.
|
|||||||
*shada-file-marks*
|
*shada-file-marks*
|
||||||
Uppercase marks ('A to 'Z) are stored when writing the ShaDa file. The
|
Uppercase marks ('A to 'Z) are stored when writing the ShaDa file. The
|
||||||
numbered marks ('0 to '9) are a bit special. When the ShaDa file is written
|
numbered marks ('0 to '9) are a bit special. When the ShaDa file is written
|
||||||
(when exiting or with the |:wshada| command), '0 is set to the current cursor
|
(when exiting or with the |:wshada| command), '0 is set to the current
|
||||||
position and file. The old '0 is moved to '1, '1 to '2, etc. This
|
cursor position and file. The old '0 is moved to '1, '1 to '2, etc. This
|
||||||
resembles what happens with the "1 to "9 delete registers. If the current
|
resembles what happens with the "1 to "9 delete registers. If the current
|
||||||
cursor position is already present in '0 to '9, it is moved to '0, to avoid
|
cursor position is already present in '0 to '9, it is moved to '0, to avoid
|
||||||
having the same position twice. The result is that with "'0", you can jump
|
having the same position twice. The result is that with "'0", you can jump
|
||||||
|
@@ -397,9 +397,9 @@ version 2.2.3.
|
|||||||
ASSEMBLY *asm68k* *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
|
ASSEMBLY *asm68k* *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
|
||||||
*ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax*
|
*ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
|
Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic
|
||||||
doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
|
detection doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in
|
||||||
startup vimrc: >
|
your startup vimrc: >
|
||||||
:let filetype_i = "asm"
|
:let filetype_i = "asm"
|
||||||
Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
|
Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ files are included:
|
|||||||
ia64 Intel Itanium 64
|
ia64 Intel Itanium 64
|
||||||
fasm Flat assembly (https://flatassembler.net)
|
fasm Flat assembly (https://flatassembler.net)
|
||||||
masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
|
masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
|
||||||
Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
|
Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
|
||||||
for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
|
for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
|
||||||
nasm Netwide assembly
|
nasm Netwide assembly
|
||||||
tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
|
tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
|
||||||
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ For Visual Basic use: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
ASYMPTOTE *ft-asy-syntax*
|
ASYMPTOTE *ft-asy-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
|
By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
|
||||||
extended geometry keywords: >
|
extended geometry keywords: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
|
:let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
|
||||||
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:asy_syn_three = 1
|
:let g:asy_syn_three = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
|
By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
|
||||||
highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
|
highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
|
:let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
|
||||||
@@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
|
|||||||
BAAN *baan-syntax*
|
BAAN *baan-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
|
The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
|
||||||
for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
|
for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard
|
||||||
are supported.
|
defines/constants are supported.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
|
Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
|
||||||
in ones |init.vim|: >
|
in ones |init.vim|: >
|
||||||
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ in ones |init.vim|: >
|
|||||||
*baan-folding*
|
*baan-folding*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
|
Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
|
||||||
mentioned below (Set those in your |init.vim|). The more complex folding on
|
mentioned below (Set those in your |init.vim|). The more complex folding on
|
||||||
source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
|
source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
|
To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
|
||||||
@@ -530,9 +530,9 @@ Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
|
|||||||
SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
|
SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
|
||||||
match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
|
match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
|
||||||
let baan_fold_sql=1
|
let baan_fold_sql=1
|
||||||
Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
|
Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
|
||||||
the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |init.vim| or use |:setlocal|
|
the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |init.vim| or use |:setlocal|
|
||||||
in .../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
|
in .../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
|
||||||
set foldminlines=5
|
set foldminlines=5
|
||||||
set foldnestmax=6
|
set foldnestmax=6
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ variable.
|
|||||||
CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
|
CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
|
If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
|
||||||
longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
|
longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
|
||||||
variable: >
|
variable: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:unlet b:csv_delimiter
|
:unlet b:csv_delimiter
|
||||||
@@ -804,10 +804,10 @@ Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
|
|||||||
CYNLIB *ft-cynlib-syntax*
|
CYNLIB *ft-cynlib-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
|
Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
|
||||||
hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
|
hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a
|
||||||
or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
|
.cc or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them
|
||||||
normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
|
from a normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files,
|
||||||
line to your vimrc file: >
|
add this line to your vimrc file: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
|
:let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -847,9 +847,9 @@ following variables:
|
|||||||
DART *ft-dart-syntax*
|
DART *ft-dart-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
|
Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
|
||||||
used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
|
used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart
|
||||||
a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
|
uses a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features
|
||||||
from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
|
adopted from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
More information about the language and its development environment at the
|
More information about the language and its development environment at the
|
||||||
official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
|
official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
|
||||||
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
|
|||||||
(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
|
(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
|
||||||
idl and php files, and should also work with java.
|
idl and php files, and should also work with java.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
|
There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
|
||||||
explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
|
explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
:set syntax=c.doxygen
|
:set syntax=c.doxygen
|
||||||
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ to your startup file.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
EUPHORIA *ft-euphoria-syntax*
|
EUPHORIA *ft-euphoria-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
|
Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
|
||||||
version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
|
version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
|
||||||
Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
|
Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ add the following line to your startup file: >
|
|||||||
Elixir and Euphoria share the `*.ex` file extension. If the filetype is
|
Elixir and Euphoria share the `*.ex` file extension. If the filetype is
|
||||||
specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
|
specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
|
||||||
file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
|
file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
|
||||||
filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
|
filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
|
||||||
Elixir.
|
Elixir.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1159,10 +1159,10 @@ The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
|
*.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Elixir and Euphoria share the `*.ex` file extension. If the filetype is
|
Elixir and Euphoria share the `*.ex` file extension. If the filetype is
|
||||||
specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
|
specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
|
||||||
file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
|
file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
|
||||||
filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
|
filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
|
||||||
Elixir.
|
Elixir.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1174,12 +1174,12 @@ NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
|
|||||||
development stopped in 2009.
|
development stopped in 2009.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
|
Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
|
||||||
syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
|
syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
|
||||||
editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
|
editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
|
||||||
start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
|
start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
|
||||||
'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
|
'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
|
||||||
(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
|
(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
|
||||||
and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
|
and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
|
If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
|
||||||
move up and down by display lines, add this to your vimrc: >
|
move up and down by display lines, add this to your vimrc: >
|
||||||
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
|
|||||||
FORTRAN *ft-fortran-syntax*
|
FORTRAN *ft-fortran-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Default highlighting and dialect ~
|
Default highlighting and dialect ~
|
||||||
Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
|
Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
|
||||||
choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
|
choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
|
||||||
2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
|
2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
|
||||||
90, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
|
90, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
|
||||||
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ If you always use fixed source form, then >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
|
If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
|
||||||
extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
|
extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
|
||||||
file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
|
file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
|
||||||
will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
|
will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
|
||||||
on" command in your .vimrc file.
|
on" command in your .vimrc file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1271,14 +1271,14 @@ on" command in your .vimrc file.
|
|||||||
When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
|
When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
|
||||||
source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
|
source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
|
||||||
fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
|
fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
|
||||||
neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
|
neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
|
||||||
attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
|
attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
|
||||||
extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
|
extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
|
||||||
PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
|
PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
|
||||||
for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
|
for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
|
||||||
because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
|
because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
|
||||||
then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
|
then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
|
||||||
file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
|
file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
|
||||||
to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
|
to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
|
||||||
cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
|
cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
|
||||||
comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
|
comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
|
||||||
@@ -1320,8 +1320,8 @@ fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
|
|||||||
to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
|
to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
|
||||||
is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
|
is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
|
||||||
subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
|
subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
|
||||||
units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
|
units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change
|
||||||
constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
|
team constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
|
||||||
fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
|
fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
|
||||||
:let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
|
:let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
|
||||||
then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
|
then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
|
||||||
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ JSON *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
|
|||||||
*g:vim_json_warnings*
|
*g:vim_json_warnings*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
|
The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
|
||||||
default. To disable concealment: >
|
default. To disable concealment: >
|
||||||
let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
|
let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
|
To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
|
||||||
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ instead, and the name of your source file should be `*.pike`
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
LUA *ft-lua-syntax*
|
LUA *ft-lua-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0+. You can select one of
|
The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0+. You can select one of
|
||||||
these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
|
these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
|
||||||
|g:lua_subversion|.
|
|g:lua_subversion|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1966,9 +1966,9 @@ these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
|
|||||||
MAIL *ft-mail.vim*
|
MAIL *ft-mail.vim*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
|
Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
|
||||||
quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
|
quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard
|
||||||
signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
|
conventions, signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed
|
||||||
whitespaces and end with a newline.
|
optionally by whitespaces and end with a newline.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim treats lines beginning with "]", "}", "|", ">" or a word followed by ">"
|
Vim treats lines beginning with "]", "}", "|", ">" or a word followed by ">"
|
||||||
as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
|
as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
|
||||||
@@ -2009,8 +2009,9 @@ MAPLE *ft-maple-syntax*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
|
Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
|
||||||
supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
|
supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
|
||||||
The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
|
The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may
|
||||||
highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their vimrc file: >
|
be highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their vimrc
|
||||||
|
file: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let mvpkg_all= 1
|
:let mvpkg_all= 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2064,13 +2065,13 @@ have the following in your vimrc: >
|
|||||||
MBSYNC *ft-mbsync-syntax*
|
MBSYNC *ft-mbsync-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The mbsync application uses a configuration file to setup mailboxes names,
|
The mbsync application uses a configuration file to setup mailboxes names,
|
||||||
user and password. All files ending with `.mbsyncrc` or with the name
|
user and password. All files ending with `.mbsyncrc` or with the name
|
||||||
`isyncrc` will be recognized as mbsync configuration files.
|
`isyncrc` will be recognized as mbsync configuration files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
|
MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
|
By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
|
||||||
headers |ft-html-syntax|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
|
headers |ft-html-syntax|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
let g:html_no_rendering = 1
|
let g:html_no_rendering = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2098,7 +2099,7 @@ The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
|
|||||||
m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
|
m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
|
A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
|
||||||
lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
|
lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
|
||||||
additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
|
additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
@@ -2303,7 +2304,7 @@ To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
|
:let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
|
The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2332,8 +2333,8 @@ This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
|
|||||||
- inlinecode
|
- inlinecode
|
||||||
- inlinemath
|
- inlinemath
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
|
You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to
|
||||||
footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
|
mark footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2353,8 +2354,8 @@ specified. Default = 1 >
|
|||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
|
For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
|
||||||
This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
|
This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
|
||||||
match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
|
match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2369,8 +2370,8 @@ To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
|
Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve
|
||||||
Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
|
performance. Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
|
:let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -2378,7 +2379,7 @@ The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:PandocHighlight LANG
|
:PandocHighlight LANG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
|
Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
|
||||||
syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
|
syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:PandocUnhighlight LANG
|
:PandocUnhighlight LANG
|
||||||
@@ -2791,7 +2792,7 @@ commands than are actually available to you by the game.
|
|||||||
R *ft-r-syntax*
|
R *ft-r-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
|
The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
|
||||||
can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
|
can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
|
||||||
let r_syntax_minlines = 60
|
let r_syntax_minlines = 60
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
|
You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
|
||||||
@@ -2817,9 +2818,9 @@ To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
|
|||||||
let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
|
let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
|
By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
|
||||||
language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
|
language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
|
||||||
highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
|
highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
|
||||||
is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
|
is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
|
||||||
behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
|
behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
|
||||||
and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
|
and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
|
||||||
let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
|
let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
|
||||||
@@ -2842,10 +2843,10 @@ To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
RASI *ft-rasi-syntax*
|
RASI *ft-rasi-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
|
Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
|
||||||
rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
|
rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
|
||||||
inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
|
inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are
|
||||||
as rasi files: .rasi.
|
recognized as rasi files: .rasi.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
READLINE *ft-readline-syntax*
|
READLINE *ft-readline-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3197,7 +3198,7 @@ the following line in your .vimrc: >
|
|||||||
Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
|
Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
|
You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
|
||||||
Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
|
Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
|
||||||
file into $HOME/.config/nvim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
|
file into $HOME/.config/nvim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
" AWK Embedding:
|
" AWK Embedding:
|
||||||
@@ -3294,7 +3295,7 @@ to a larger number: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
|
This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
|
||||||
displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
|
displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
|
||||||
synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
|
synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
|
||||||
tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
|
tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
|
||||||
redrawing can become slow.
|
redrawing can become slow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3501,7 +3502,7 @@ substitution will not be made.
|
|||||||
*g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
|
*g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
|
||||||
Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
|
Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
|
Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
|
||||||
keywords don't support the underscore - except when in `*.sty` files. The
|
keywords don't support the underscore - except when in `*.sty` files. The
|
||||||
syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
|
syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3554,7 +3555,8 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
|
|||||||
< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
|
< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
|
||||||
regions, >
|
regions, >
|
||||||
let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
|
let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
|
||||||
< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
|
< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those
|
||||||
|
regions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TF *ft-tf-syntax*
|
TF *ft-tf-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3571,7 +3573,7 @@ There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g:typescript_host_keyword*
|
*g:typescript_host_keyword*
|
||||||
When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
|
When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
|
||||||
are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
|
are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
|
let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
@@ -3581,8 +3583,8 @@ TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g:typst_embedded_languages*
|
*g:typst_embedded_languages*
|
||||||
Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
|
Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
|
||||||
|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
|
|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
|
||||||
names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
|
names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
|
let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3640,8 +3642,8 @@ highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
WDL *wdl-syntax*
|
WDL *wdl-syntax*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
|
The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing
|
||||||
with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
|
workflows with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
|
||||||
bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
|
bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
|
||||||
https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
|
https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -3709,11 +3711,11 @@ YAML *ft-yaml-syntax*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
|
*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
|
||||||
A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
|
A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
|
||||||
non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
|
non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
|
||||||
plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
|
plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
|
||||||
and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
|
and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
|
||||||
integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
|
integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
|
||||||
will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
|
will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Schema Description ~
|
Schema Description ~
|
||||||
failsafe No additional highlighting.
|
failsafe No additional highlighting.
|
||||||
@@ -4161,7 +4163,7 @@ concealends *:syn-concealends*
|
|||||||
When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
|
When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
|
||||||
the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
|
the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
|
||||||
Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
|
Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
|
||||||
'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
|
'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
|
||||||
in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
|
in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
|
||||||
|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
|
|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
|
||||||
items.
|
items.
|
||||||
@@ -4444,7 +4446,7 @@ IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
|
:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
|
||||||
This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
|
This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
|
||||||
matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
|
matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
|
||||||
on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
|
on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
|
||||||
defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
|
defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
|
||||||
off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
|
off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
|
||||||
@@ -5027,7 +5029,7 @@ also tell where it was last set. Example: >
|
|||||||
Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
|
Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
|
When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
|
||||||
mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
|
mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
|
*highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
|
||||||
There are two types of UIs for highlighting:
|
There are two types of UIs for highlighting:
|
||||||
@@ -5382,10 +5384,10 @@ PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
|
|||||||
*hl-PmenuThumb*
|
*hl-PmenuThumb*
|
||||||
PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
|
PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
|
||||||
*hl-PmenuMatch*
|
*hl-PmenuMatch*
|
||||||
PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Combined with
|
PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Combined with
|
||||||
|hl-Pmenu|.
|
|hl-Pmenu|.
|
||||||
*hl-PmenuMatchSel*
|
*hl-PmenuMatchSel*
|
||||||
PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Combined with
|
PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Combined with
|
||||||
|hl-PmenuMatch| and |hl-PmenuSel|.
|
|hl-PmenuMatch| and |hl-PmenuSel|.
|
||||||
*hl-PmenuBorder*
|
*hl-PmenuBorder*
|
||||||
PmenuBorder Popup menu: border of popup menu.
|
PmenuBorder Popup menu: border of popup menu.
|
||||||
@@ -5655,7 +5657,7 @@ it took to match them against the text.
|
|||||||
current window. Use a wider display to see more of
|
current window. Use a wider display to see more of
|
||||||
the output.
|
the output.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
|
The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
|
||||||
TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
|
TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
|
||||||
matching this pattern.
|
matching this pattern.
|
||||||
COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
|
COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
|
||||||
|
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ something else.
|
|||||||
:tabclose $ " close the last tab page
|
:tabclose $ " close the last tab page
|
||||||
:tabclose # " close the last accessed tab page
|
:tabclose # " close the last accessed tab page
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a tab page is closed the next tab page will become the current one. This
|
When a tab page is closed the next tab page will become the current one. This
|
||||||
behaviour can be customized using the 'tabclose' option.
|
behaviour can be customized using the 'tabclose' option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tabo* *:tabonly*
|
*:tabo* *:tabonly*
|
||||||
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that although it is possible to move a tab page behind the N-th one by
|
Note that although it is possible to move a tab page behind the N-th one by
|
||||||
using :Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
|
using :Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
|
||||||
clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
|
clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ below.
|
|||||||
{name} can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
|
{name} can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
|
||||||
When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
|
When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
|
||||||
to the [count] one. When [count] is omitted the
|
to the [count] one. When [count] is omitted the
|
||||||
first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
|
first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
|
||||||
jumping to other matching tags.
|
jumping to other matching tags.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
g<LeftMouse> *g<LeftMouse>*
|
g<LeftMouse> *g<LeftMouse>*
|
||||||
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CTRL-] Jump to the definition of the keyword under the
|
|||||||
keyword under or after cursor.
|
keyword under or after cursor.
|
||||||
When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
|
When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
|
||||||
to the [count] one. When no [count] is given the
|
to the [count] one. When no [count] is given the
|
||||||
first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
|
first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
|
||||||
jumping to other matching tags.
|
jumping to other matching tags.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_CTRL-]*
|
*v_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ The ignore-case matches are found when:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the
|
Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the
|
||||||
tags file, which causes a slowdown. This can be avoided by fold-case sorting
|
tags file, which causes a slowdown. This can be avoided by fold-case sorting
|
||||||
the tag file. See the 'tagbsearch' option for an explanation.
|
the tag file. See the 'tagbsearch' option for an explanation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
2. Tag stack *tag-stack* *tagstack* *E425*
|
2. Tag stack *tag-stack* *tagstack* *E425*
|
||||||
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ commands explained above the tag stack will look like this:
|
|||||||
1 1 main 1 harddisk2:text/vim/test
|
1 1 main 1 harddisk2:text/vim/test
|
||||||
2 1 FuncB 59 harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c
|
2 1 FuncB 59 harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The |gettagstack()| function returns the tag stack of a specified window. The
|
The |gettagstack()| function returns the tag stack of a specified window. The
|
||||||
|settagstack()| function modifies the tag stack of a window.
|
|settagstack()| function modifies the tag stack of a window.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*tagstack-examples*
|
*tagstack-examples*
|
||||||
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag".
|
|||||||
not given, the last tag name from the tag stack is
|
not given, the last tag name from the tag stack is
|
||||||
used. The search pattern to locate the tag line is
|
used. The search pattern to locate the tag line is
|
||||||
prefixed with "\V" to escape all the special
|
prefixed with "\V" to escape all the special
|
||||||
characters (very nomagic). The location list showing
|
characters (very nomagic). The location list showing
|
||||||
the matching tags is independent of the tag stack.
|
the matching tags is independent of the tag stack.
|
||||||
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ current file changed ! option option action ~
|
|||||||
This works because the tag is put on the stack anyway. If you want to lose
|
This works because the tag is put on the stack anyway. If you want to lose
|
||||||
the changes you can use the ":tag!" command.
|
the changes you can use the ":tag!" command.
|
||||||
- If the tag is in another file and the window includes 'winfixbuf', the
|
- If the tag is in another file and the window includes 'winfixbuf', the
|
||||||
command will fail. If the tag is in the same file then it may succeed.
|
command will fail. If the tag is in the same file then it may succeed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*tag-security*
|
*tag-security*
|
||||||
Note that Vim forbids some commands, for security reasons. This works like
|
Note that Vim forbids some commands, for security reasons. This works like
|
||||||
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ would otherwise go unnoticed. Example: >
|
|||||||
:$d|/tag-function-name/
|
:$d|/tag-function-name/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
|
In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
|
||||||
for. In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still remembered,
|
for. In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still
|
||||||
unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.
|
remembered, unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*tags-option*
|
*tags-option*
|
||||||
The 'tags' option is a list of file names. Each of these files is searched
|
The 'tags' option is a list of file names. Each of these files is searched
|
||||||
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Some programs that generate tags files:
|
|||||||
ctags As found on most Unix systems. Only supports C. Only
|
ctags As found on most Unix systems. Only supports C. Only
|
||||||
does the basic work.
|
does the basic work.
|
||||||
universal ctags A maintained version of ctags based on exuberant
|
universal ctags A maintained version of ctags based on exuberant
|
||||||
ctags. See https://ctags.io.
|
ctags. See https://ctags.io.
|
||||||
*Exuberant_ctags*
|
*Exuberant_ctags*
|
||||||
exuberant ctags Works for C, C++, Java, Fortran, Eiffel and others.
|
exuberant ctags Works for C, C++, Java, Fortran, Eiffel and others.
|
||||||
See https://ctags.sourceforge.net. No new version
|
See https://ctags.sourceforge.net. No new version
|
||||||
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ctags).
|
|||||||
{term} ;" The two characters semicolon and double quote. This is
|
{term} ;" The two characters semicolon and double quote. This is
|
||||||
interpreted by Vi as the start of a comment, which makes the
|
interpreted by Vi as the start of a comment, which makes the
|
||||||
following be ignored. This is for backwards compatibility
|
following be ignored. This is for backwards compatibility
|
||||||
with Vi, it ignores the following fields. Example: >
|
with Vi, it ignores the following fields. Example: >
|
||||||
APP file /^static int APP;$/;" v
|
APP file /^static int APP;$/;" v
|
||||||
< When {tagaddress} is not a line number or search pattern, then
|
< When {tagaddress} is not a line number or search pattern, then
|
||||||
{term} must be `|;"`. Here the bar ends the command (excluding
|
{term} must be `|;"`. Here the bar ends the command (excluding
|
||||||
@@ -942,7 +942,8 @@ The function should return a List of Dict entries. Each Dict must at least
|
|||||||
include the following entries and each value must be a string:
|
include the following entries and each value must be a string:
|
||||||
name Name of the tag.
|
name Name of the tag.
|
||||||
filename Name of the file where the tag is defined. It is
|
filename Name of the file where the tag is defined. It is
|
||||||
either relative to the current directory or a full path.
|
either relative to the current directory or a full
|
||||||
|
path.
|
||||||
cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in the file. This
|
cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in the file. This
|
||||||
can be either an Ex search pattern or a line number.
|
can be either an Ex search pattern or a line number.
|
||||||
Note that the format is similar to that of |taglist()|, which makes it possible
|
Note that the format is similar to that of |taglist()|, which makes it possible
|
||||||
|
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ You should now have three windows:
|
|||||||
Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
|
Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
|
||||||
break ex_help
|
break ex_help
|
||||||
run
|
run
|
||||||
Vim will start running in the program window. Put focus there and type: >vim
|
Vim will start running in the program window. Put focus there and type: >vim
|
||||||
:help gui
|
:help gui
|
||||||
Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint. The source window now shows the
|
Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint. The source window now shows the
|
||||||
ex_cmds.c file. A red "1 " marker will appear in the signcolumn where the
|
ex_cmds.c file. A red "1 " marker will appear in the signcolumn where the
|
||||||
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ Other commands ~
|
|||||||
*:Asm* jump to the window with the disassembly, create it if there
|
*:Asm* jump to the window with the disassembly, create it if there
|
||||||
isn't one
|
isn't one
|
||||||
*:Var* jump to the window with the local and argument variables,
|
*:Var* jump to the window with the local and argument variables,
|
||||||
create it if there isn't one. This window updates whenever the
|
create it if there isn't one. This window updates whenever the
|
||||||
program is stopped
|
program is stopped
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Events ~
|
Events ~
|
||||||
@@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >vim
|
|||||||
Change default signs ~
|
Change default signs ~
|
||||||
*termdebug_signs*
|
*termdebug_signs*
|
||||||
Termdebug uses the hex number of the breakpoint ID in the signcolumn to
|
Termdebug uses the hex number of the breakpoint ID in the signcolumn to
|
||||||
represent breakpoints. If it is greater than "0xFF", then it will be displayed
|
represent breakpoints. If it is greater than "0xFF", then it will be
|
||||||
as "F+", due to we really only have two screen cells for the sign.
|
displayed as "F+", due to we really only have two screen cells for the sign.
|
||||||
You may also use decimal breakpoint signs instead, in which case IDs greater
|
You may also use decimal breakpoint signs instead, in which case IDs greater
|
||||||
than 99 will be displayed as "9+".
|
than 99 will be displayed as "9+".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ To make this easier, you could use these mappings: >
|
|||||||
You then lose the ability to copy text from the line above/below the cursor
|
You then lose the ability to copy text from the line above/below the cursor
|
||||||
|i_CTRL-E|.
|
|i_CTRL-E|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Also consider setting 'scrolloff' to a larger value, so that you can always see
|
Also consider setting 'scrolloff' to a larger value, so that you can always
|
||||||
some context around the cursor. If 'scrolloff' is bigger than half the window
|
see some context around the cursor. If 'scrolloff' is bigger than half the
|
||||||
height, the cursor will always be in the middle and the text is scrolled when
|
window height, the cursor will always be in the middle and the text is
|
||||||
the cursor is moved up/down.
|
scrolled when the cursor is moved up/down.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
Smooth scrolling *scroll-smooth*
|
Smooth scrolling *scroll-smooth*
|
||||||
|
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ This is explained in the user manual: |usr_32.txt|.
|
|||||||
MM/DD HH:MM:SS idem, with month and day
|
MM/DD HH:MM:SS idem, with month and day
|
||||||
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS idem, with year
|
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS idem, with year
|
||||||
The "saved" column specifies, if this change was
|
The "saved" column specifies, if this change was
|
||||||
written to disk and which file write it was. This can
|
written to disk and which file write it was. This can
|
||||||
be used with the |:later| and |:earlier| commands.
|
be used with the |:later| and |:earlier| commands.
|
||||||
For more details use the |undotree()| function.
|
For more details use the |undotree()| function.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ for, you can use a BufWritePre autocommand: >
|
|||||||
au BufWritePre /tmp/* setlocal noundofile
|
au BufWritePre /tmp/* setlocal noundofile
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim saves undo trees in a separate undo file, one for each edited file, using
|
Vim saves undo trees in a separate undo file, one for each edited file, using
|
||||||
a simple scheme that maps filesystem paths directly to undo files. Vim will
|
a simple scheme that maps filesystem paths directly to undo files. Vim will
|
||||||
detect if an undo file is no longer synchronized with the file it was written
|
detect if an undo file is no longer synchronized with the file it was written
|
||||||
for (with a hash of the file contents) and ignore it when the file was changed
|
for (with a hash of the file contents) and ignore it when the file was changed
|
||||||
after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption. An undo file is also
|
after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption. An undo file is also
|
||||||
@@ -277,11 +277,11 @@ respectively:
|
|||||||
(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
|
(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
|
||||||
this fails, unless the ! was added.
|
this fails, unless the ! was added.
|
||||||
If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
|
If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
|
||||||
overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be
|
overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be
|
||||||
written.
|
written.
|
||||||
Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
|
Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
|
||||||
the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
|
the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
|
||||||
name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
|
name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
|
||||||
in a write-protected directory.
|
in a write-protected directory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:rund* *:rundo*
|
*:rund* *:rundo*
|
||||||
@@ -370,11 +370,12 @@ information you can use these commands: >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Note use of `&l:undolevels` to explicitly read the local value of 'undolevels'
|
Note use of `&l:undolevels` to explicitly read the local value of 'undolevels'
|
||||||
and the use of `:setlocal` to change only the local option (which takes
|
and the use of `:setlocal` to change only the local option (which takes
|
||||||
precedence over the corresponding global option value). Saving the option value
|
precedence over the corresponding global option value). Saving the option
|
||||||
via the use of `&undolevels` is unpredictable; it reads either the local value
|
value via the use of `&undolevels` is unpredictable; it reads either the local
|
||||||
(if one has been set) or the global value (otherwise). Also, if a local value
|
value (if one has been set) or the global value (otherwise). Also, if a local
|
||||||
has been set, changing the option via `:set undolevels` will change both the
|
value has been set, changing the option via `:set undolevels` will change both
|
||||||
global and local values, requiring extra work to save and restore both values.
|
the global and local values, requiring extra work to save and restore both
|
||||||
|
values.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the
|
Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the
|
||||||
text.
|
text.
|
||||||
|
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ functions.
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*:function-verbose*
|
*:function-verbose*
|
||||||
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a function will also display where it was
|
When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a function will also display where it was
|
||||||
last defined. Example: >
|
last defined. Example: >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:verbose function SetFileTypeSH
|
:verbose function SetFileTypeSH
|
||||||
function SetFileTypeSH(name)
|
function SetFileTypeSH(name)
|
||||||
|
@@ -368,13 +368,13 @@ gx Opens the current filepath or URL (decided by
|
|||||||
:redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}.
|
:redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @*>
|
:redi[r] @*>
|
||||||
:redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For
|
:redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For
|
||||||
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
||||||
name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.
|
name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.
|
||||||
:redi[r] @*>>
|
:redi[r] @*>>
|
||||||
:redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard.
|
:redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For
|
:redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For
|
||||||
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
||||||
name can be omitted.
|
name can be omitted.
|
||||||
:redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register.
|
:redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register.
|
||||||
@@ -408,16 +408,17 @@ gx Opens the current filepath or URL (decided by
|
|||||||
< If the [!] is given, restrict the output of {command}
|
< If the [!] is given, restrict the output of {command}
|
||||||
to lines that do NOT match {pattern}.
|
to lines that do NOT match {pattern}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{pattern} is a Vim search pattern. Instead of enclosing
|
{pattern} is a Vim search pattern. Instead of
|
||||||
it in / any non-ID character (see 'isident') can be
|
enclosing it in / any non-ID character (see 'isident')
|
||||||
used, so long as it does not appear in {pattern}.
|
can be used, so long as it does not appear in
|
||||||
|
{pattern}.
|
||||||
Without the enclosing character the pattern cannot
|
Without the enclosing character the pattern cannot
|
||||||
include the bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
|
include the bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The pattern is matched against the relevant part of
|
The pattern is matched against the relevant part of
|
||||||
the output, not necessarily the whole line. Only some
|
the output, not necessarily the whole line. Only some
|
||||||
commands support filtering, try it out to check if it
|
commands support filtering, try it out to check if it
|
||||||
works. Some of the commands that support filtering:
|
works. Some of the commands that support filtering:
|
||||||
|:#| - filter whole line
|
|:#| - filter whole line
|
||||||
|:clist| - filter by file name or module name
|
|:clist| - filter by file name or module name
|
||||||
|:command| - filter by command name
|
|:command| - filter by command name
|
||||||
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ gx Opens the current filepath or URL (decided by
|
|||||||
*:verb* *:verbose*
|
*:verb* *:verbose*
|
||||||
:[count]verb[ose] {command}
|
:[count]verb[ose] {command}
|
||||||
Execute {command} with 'verbose' set to [count]. If
|
Execute {command} with 'verbose' set to [count]. If
|
||||||
[count] is omitted one is used. ":0verbose" can be
|
[count] is omitted one is used. ":0verbose" can be
|
||||||
used to set 'verbose' to zero.
|
used to set 'verbose' to zero.
|
||||||
The additional use of ":silent" makes messages
|
The additional use of ":silent" makes messages
|
||||||
generated but not displayed.
|
generated but not displayed.
|
||||||
|
@@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ Multiple windows and buffers. |windows.txt|
|
|||||||
is called a hidden buffer. Many commands and options have been added
|
is called a hidden buffer. Many commands and options have been added
|
||||||
for this facility.
|
for this facility.
|
||||||
Vim can also use multiple tab pages, each with one or more windows. A
|
Vim can also use multiple tab pages, each with one or more windows. A
|
||||||
line with tab labels can be used to quickly switch between these pages.
|
line with tab labels can be used to quickly switch between these
|
||||||
|
pages.
|
||||||
|tab-page|
|
|tab-page|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Syntax highlighting. |:syntax|
|
Syntax highlighting. |:syntax|
|
||||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
|
|||||||
{"blue": "#0000ff", "red": "#ff0000"}
|
{"blue": "#0000ff", "red": "#ff0000"}
|
||||||
#{blue: "#0000ff", red: "#ff0000"}
|
#{blue: "#0000ff", red: "#ff0000"}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Blob Binary Large Object. Stores any sequence of bytes. See |Blob|
|
Blob Binary Large Object. Stores any sequence of bytes. See |Blob|
|
||||||
for details.
|
for details.
|
||||||
Example: 0zFF00ED015DAF
|
Example: 0zFF00ED015DAF
|
||||||
0z is an empty Blob.
|
0z is an empty Blob.
|
||||||
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Blob modification ~
|
|||||||
To change a specific byte of a blob use |:let| this way: >
|
To change a specific byte of a blob use |:let| this way: >
|
||||||
:let blob[4] = 0x44
|
:let blob[4] = 0x44
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When the index is just one beyond the end of the Blob, it is appended. Any
|
When the index is just one beyond the end of the Blob, it is appended. Any
|
||||||
higher index is an error.
|
higher index is an error.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To change a sequence of bytes the [:] notation can be used: >
|
To change a sequence of bytes the [:] notation can be used: >
|
||||||
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ Examples: >
|
|||||||
*slice*
|
*slice*
|
||||||
If expr8 is a |List| this results in a new |List| with the items indicated by
|
If expr8 is a |List| this results in a new |List| with the items indicated by
|
||||||
the indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained
|
the indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained
|
||||||
just above. Also see |sublist| below. Examples: >
|
just above. Also see |sublist| below. Examples: >
|
||||||
:let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
|
:let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
|
||||||
:let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
|
:let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
|
||||||
:let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
|
:let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
|
||||||
@@ -1416,8 +1416,8 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
|
|||||||
Don't use <Char-xxxx> to get a UTF-8 character, use \uxxxx as
|
Don't use <Char-xxxx> to get a UTF-8 character, use \uxxxx as
|
||||||
mentioned above.
|
mentioned above.
|
||||||
\<*xxx> Like \<xxx> but prepends a modifier instead of including it in the
|
\<*xxx> Like \<xxx> but prepends a modifier instead of including it in the
|
||||||
character. E.g. "\<C-w>" is one character 0x17 while "\<*C-w>" is four
|
character. E.g. "\<C-w>" is one character 0x17 while "\<*C-w>" is
|
||||||
bytes: 3 for the CTRL modifier and then character "W".
|
four bytes: 3 for the CTRL modifier and then character "W".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that "\xff" is stored as the byte 255, which may be invalid in some
|
Note that "\xff" is stored as the byte 255, which may be invalid in some
|
||||||
encodings. Use "\u00ff" to store character 255 correctly as UTF-8.
|
encodings. Use "\u00ff" to store character 255 correctly as UTF-8.
|
||||||
@@ -2049,7 +2049,8 @@ text...
|
|||||||
END
|
END
|
||||||
< There can be multiple Vim expressions in a single line
|
< There can be multiple Vim expressions in a single line
|
||||||
but an expression cannot span multiple lines. If any
|
but an expression cannot span multiple lines. If any
|
||||||
expression evaluation fails, then the assignment fails.
|
expression evaluation fails, then the assignment
|
||||||
|
fails.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{endmarker} must not contain white space.
|
{endmarker} must not contain white space.
|
||||||
{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
|
{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
|
||||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ gN Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
|
|||||||
active it is stopped. Only when 'mouse' option
|
active it is stopped. Only when 'mouse' option
|
||||||
contains 'n' or 'a'. If the position is within 'so'
|
contains 'n' or 'a'. If the position is within 'so'
|
||||||
lines from the last line on the screen the text is
|
lines from the last line on the screen the text is
|
||||||
scrolled up. If the position is within 'so' lines from
|
scrolled up. If the position is within 'so' lines
|
||||||
the first line on the screen the text is scrolled
|
from the first line on the screen the text is scrolled
|
||||||
down.
|
down.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*<RightMouse>*
|
*<RightMouse>*
|
||||||
@@ -337,10 +337,10 @@ all lines.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_b_<*
|
*v_b_<*
|
||||||
Visual-block Shift *v_b_>*
|
Visual-block Shift *v_b_>*
|
||||||
The block is shifted by 'shiftwidth'. The RHS of the block is irrelevant. The
|
The block is shifted by 'shiftwidth'. The RHS of the block is irrelevant.
|
||||||
LHS of the block determines the point from which to apply a right shift, and
|
The LHS of the block determines the point from which to apply a right shift,
|
||||||
padding includes TABs optimally according to 'ts' and 'et'. The LHS of the
|
and padding includes TABs optimally according to 'ts' and 'et'. The LHS of
|
||||||
block determines the point up to which to shift left.
|
the block determines the point up to which to shift left.
|
||||||
See |v_b_>_example|.
|
See |v_b_>_example|.
|
||||||
See |v_b_<_example|.
|
See |v_b_<_example|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
|||||||
Predefined variables *vvars*
|
Predefined variables *vvars*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Most variables are read-only, when a variable can be set by the user, it will
|
Most variables are read-only, when a variable can be set by the user, it will
|
||||||
be mentioned at the variable description below. The type cannot be changed.
|
be mentioned at the variable description below. The type cannot be changed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Type |gO| to see the table of contents.
|
Type |gO| to see the table of contents.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ v:false
|
|||||||
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
||||||
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
||||||
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
|
*v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
|
||||||
v:fcs_choice
|
v:fcs_choice
|
||||||
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ v:foldstart
|
|||||||
*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
|
*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
|
||||||
v:hlsearch
|
v:hlsearch
|
||||||
Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
||||||
Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
||||||
this variable to zero acts like the |:nohlsearch| command,
|
this variable to zero acts like the |:nohlsearch| command,
|
||||||
setting it to one acts like >vim
|
setting it to one acts like >vim
|
||||||
let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
|
let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
|
||||||
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ v:null
|
|||||||
See |json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
See |json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
||||||
used as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
used as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
||||||
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
||||||
List, Dict, etc.
|
List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ v:operator
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_command* *option_command-variable*
|
*v:option_command* *option_command-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_command
|
v:option_command
|
||||||
Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
value option was set via ~
|
value option was set via ~
|
||||||
"setlocal" |:setlocal| or `:let l:xxx`
|
"setlocal" |:setlocal| or `:let l:xxx`
|
||||||
@@ -469,30 +469,30 @@ v:option_command
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_new* *option_new-variable*
|
*v:option_new* *option_new-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_new
|
v:option_new
|
||||||
New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
||||||
autocommand.
|
autocommand.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_old* *option_old-variable*
|
*v:option_old* *option_old-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_old
|
v:option_old
|
||||||
Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
||||||
autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and the
|
autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and
|
||||||
kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
the kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
||||||
global old value.
|
global old value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_oldglobal* *option_oldglobal-variable*
|
*v:option_oldglobal* *option_oldglobal-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_oldglobal
|
v:option_oldglobal
|
||||||
Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_oldlocal* *option_oldlocal-variable*
|
*v:option_oldlocal* *option_oldlocal-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_oldlocal
|
v:option_oldlocal
|
||||||
Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:option_type* *option_type-variable*
|
*v:option_type* *option_type-variable*
|
||||||
v:option_type
|
v:option_type
|
||||||
Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
|
*v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
|
||||||
v:prevcount
|
v:prevcount
|
||||||
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ v:true
|
|||||||
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
||||||
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5| or
|
operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5| or
|
||||||
|expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
|expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v:val* *val-variable*
|
*v:val* *val-variable*
|
||||||
v:val
|
v:val
|
||||||
|
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Each buffer has a unique number and the number will not change within a Vim
|
|||||||
session. The |bufnr()| and |bufname()| functions can be used to convert
|
session. The |bufnr()| and |bufname()| functions can be used to convert
|
||||||
between a buffer name and the buffer number. There is one exception: if a new
|
between a buffer name and the buffer number. There is one exception: if a new
|
||||||
empty buffer is created and it is not modified, the buffer will be re-used
|
empty buffer is created and it is not modified, the buffer will be re-used
|
||||||
when loading another file into that buffer. This also means the buffer number
|
when loading another file into that buffer. This also means the buffer number
|
||||||
will not change.
|
will not change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The main Vim window can hold several split windows. There are also tab pages
|
The main Vim window can hold several split windows. There are also tab pages
|
||||||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ properties such as "hide" and "fixed" which also affect behavior.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*window-ID* *winid* *windowid*
|
*window-ID* *winid* *windowid*
|
||||||
Each window has a unique identifier called the window ID. This identifier
|
Each window has a unique identifier called the window ID. This identifier
|
||||||
will not change within a Vim session. The |win_getid()| and |win_id2tabwin()|
|
will not change within a Vim session. The |win_getid()| and |win_id2tabwin()|
|
||||||
functions can be used to convert between the window/tab number and the
|
functions can be used to convert between the window/tab number and the
|
||||||
identifier. There is also the window number, which may change whenever
|
identifier. There is also the window number, which may change whenever
|
||||||
windows are opened or closed, see |winnr()|.
|
windows are opened or closed, see |winnr()|.
|
||||||
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ windows.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*filler-lines*
|
*filler-lines*
|
||||||
The lines after the last buffer line in a window are called filler lines. By
|
The lines after the last buffer line in a window are called filler lines. By
|
||||||
default, these lines start with a tilde (~) character. The "eob" item in the
|
default, these lines start with a tilde (~) character. The "eob" item in the
|
||||||
'fillchars' option can be used to change this character. By default, these
|
'fillchars' option can be used to change this character. By default, these
|
||||||
characters are highlighted as NonText (|hl-NonText|). The EndOfBuffer
|
characters are highlighted as NonText (|hl-NonText|). The EndOfBuffer
|
||||||
highlight group (|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of
|
highlight group (|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of
|
||||||
the filler characters.
|
the filler characters.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-F Split current window in two. Edit file name under cursor.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-W F *CTRL-W_F*
|
CTRL-W F *CTRL-W_F*
|
||||||
Split current window in two. Edit file name under cursor and
|
Split current window in two. Edit file name under cursor and
|
||||||
jump to the line number following the file name. See |gF| for
|
jump to the line number following the file name. See |gF| for
|
||||||
details on how the line number is obtained.
|
details on how the line number is obtained.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-W gf *CTRL-W_gf*
|
CTRL-W gf *CTRL-W_gf*
|
||||||
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
|
|||||||
Actually, the buffer isn't completely deleted, it is removed
|
Actually, the buffer isn't completely deleted, it is removed
|
||||||
from the buffer list |unlisted-buffer| and option values,
|
from the buffer list |unlisted-buffer| and option values,
|
||||||
variables and mappings/abbreviations for the buffer are
|
variables and mappings/abbreviations for the buffer are
|
||||||
cleared. Examples: >
|
cleared. Examples: >
|
||||||
:.,$-bdelete " delete buffers from the current one to
|
:.,$-bdelete " delete buffers from the current one to
|
||||||
" last but one
|
" last but one
|
||||||
:%bdelete " delete all buffers
|
:%bdelete " delete all buffers
|
||||||
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
|
|||||||
related to the buffer is lost. All marks in this buffer
|
related to the buffer is lost. All marks in this buffer
|
||||||
become invalid, option settings are lost, the jumplist and
|
become invalid, option settings are lost, the jumplist and
|
||||||
tagstack data will be purged, etc. Don't use this
|
tagstack data will be purged, etc. Don't use this
|
||||||
unless you know what you are doing. Examples: >
|
unless you know what you are doing. Examples: >
|
||||||
:.+,$bwipeout " wipe out all buffers after the current
|
:.+,$bwipeout " wipe out all buffers after the current
|
||||||
" one
|
" one
|
||||||
:%bwipeout " wipe out all buffers
|
:%bwipeout " wipe out all buffers
|
||||||
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ help Contains a help file. Will only be created with the |:help|
|
|||||||
and can't be changed. The 'buflisted' option will be reset
|
and can't be changed. The 'buflisted' option will be reset
|
||||||
for a help buffer.
|
for a help buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
terminal A terminal window buffer, see |terminal|. The contents cannot
|
terminal A terminal window buffer, see |terminal|. The contents cannot
|
||||||
be read or changed until the job ends.
|
be read or changed until the job ends.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
directory Displays directory contents. Can be used by a file explorer
|
directory Displays directory contents. Can be used by a file explorer
|
||||||
|
33
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/options.lua
generated
33
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/options.lua
generated
@@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ vim.go.breakat = vim.o.breakat
|
|||||||
vim.go.brk = vim.go.breakat
|
vim.go.brk = vim.go.breakat
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
--- Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
||||||
--- space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
|
--- space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal
|
||||||
--- of text.
|
--- blocks of text.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
--- @type boolean
|
--- @type boolean
|
||||||
vim.o.breakindent = false
|
vim.o.breakindent = false
|
||||||
@@ -1073,12 +1073,12 @@ vim.bo.cms = vim.bo.commentstring
|
|||||||
--- ] tag completion
|
--- ] tag completion
|
||||||
--- t same as "]"
|
--- t same as "]"
|
||||||
--- f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
--- f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
||||||
--- F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be specified.
|
--- F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be
|
||||||
--- Refer to `complete-functions` for details on how the function
|
--- specified. Refer to `complete-functions` for details on how
|
||||||
--- is invoked and what it should return. The value can be the
|
--- the function is invoked and what it should return. The value
|
||||||
--- name of a function or a `Funcref`. For `Funcref` values,
|
--- can be the name of a function or a `Funcref`. For `Funcref`
|
||||||
--- spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and commas with
|
--- values, spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and
|
||||||
--- double backslashes ('\\') (see `option-backslash`).
|
--- commas with double backslashes ('\\') (see `option-backslash`).
|
||||||
--- Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
--- Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
||||||
--- starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
--- starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
||||||
--- their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
--- their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
||||||
@@ -1265,7 +1265,8 @@ vim.go.cot = vim.go.completeopt
|
|||||||
--- completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
--- completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
||||||
--- Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
--- Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
||||||
--- - When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
--- - When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
||||||
--- useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
|
--- useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on
|
||||||
|
--- MS-Windows.
|
||||||
--- - When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
--- - When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
||||||
--- 'shellslash'.
|
--- 'shellslash'.
|
||||||
--- For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
--- For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
||||||
@@ -2959,7 +2960,6 @@ vim.wo.fdt = vim.wo.foldtext
|
|||||||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`. That stops the option from working,
|
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`. That stops the option from working,
|
||||||
--- since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
--- since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||||||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||||||
--- NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
--- @type string
|
--- @type string
|
||||||
vim.o.formatexpr = ""
|
vim.o.formatexpr = ""
|
||||||
@@ -4000,9 +4000,9 @@ vim.o.lm = vim.o.langmenu
|
|||||||
vim.go.langmenu = vim.o.langmenu
|
vim.go.langmenu = vim.o.langmenu
|
||||||
vim.go.lm = vim.go.langmenu
|
vim.go.lm = vim.go.langmenu
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
|
--- When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting
|
||||||
--- a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings, make
|
--- from a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings,
|
||||||
--- sure this option is off.
|
--- make sure this option is off.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
--- @type boolean
|
--- @type boolean
|
||||||
vim.o.langremap = false
|
vim.o.langremap = false
|
||||||
@@ -4029,8 +4029,8 @@ vim.go.ls = vim.go.laststatus
|
|||||||
--- executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
--- executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
||||||
--- typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
--- typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
||||||
--- update use `:redraw`.
|
--- update use `:redraw`.
|
||||||
--- This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be set
|
--- This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be
|
||||||
--- temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
--- set temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
||||||
--- flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
--- flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
--- @type boolean
|
--- @type boolean
|
||||||
@@ -6433,9 +6433,6 @@ vim.wo.sms = vim.wo.smoothscroll
|
|||||||
--- 'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
--- 'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
||||||
--- different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
--- different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
--- 'softtabstop' is temporarily set to 0 when 'paste' is on and reset
|
|
||||||
--- when it is turned off. It is also reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
--- The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
--- The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
||||||
--- enabled. See also `ins-expandtab` ans user manual section `30.5` for
|
--- enabled. See also `ins-expandtab` ans user manual section `30.5` for
|
||||||
--- in-depth explanations.
|
--- in-depth explanations.
|
||||||
|
556
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/vimfn.lua
generated
556
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/vimfn.lua
generated
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
26
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/vvars.lua
generated
26
runtime/lua/vim/_meta/vvars.lua
generated
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ vim.v.exiting = ...
|
|||||||
--- `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
--- `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
||||||
--- as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
--- as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
||||||
--- operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5`
|
--- operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5`
|
||||||
--- or `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
--- or `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
--- @type boolean
|
--- @type boolean
|
||||||
vim.v['false'] = ...
|
vim.v['false'] = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ vim.v.foldlevel = ...
|
|||||||
vim.v.foldstart = ...
|
vim.v.foldstart = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
--- Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
||||||
--- Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
--- Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
||||||
--- this variable to zero acts like the `:nohlsearch` command,
|
--- this variable to zero acts like the `:nohlsearch` command,
|
||||||
--- setting it to one acts like
|
--- setting it to one acts like
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ vim.v.msgpack_types = ...
|
|||||||
--- See `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
--- See `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
||||||
--- used as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
--- used as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
||||||
--- operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5`
|
--- operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5`
|
||||||
--- or `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
--- or `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
--- In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
--- In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
--- that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
--- that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
||||||
--- List, Dict, etc.
|
--- List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ vim.v.oldfiles = ...
|
|||||||
--- @type string
|
--- @type string
|
||||||
vim.v.operator = ...
|
vim.v.operator = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
--- Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
||||||
--- value option was set via ~
|
--- value option was set via ~
|
||||||
--- "setlocal" `:setlocal` or `:let l:xxx`
|
--- "setlocal" `:setlocal` or `:let l:xxx`
|
||||||
@@ -489,30 +489,30 @@ vim.v.operator = ...
|
|||||||
--- @type string
|
--- @type string
|
||||||
vim.v.option_command = ...
|
vim.v.option_command = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- New value of the option. Valid while executing an `OptionSet`
|
--- New value of the option. Valid while executing an `OptionSet`
|
||||||
--- autocommand.
|
--- autocommand.
|
||||||
--- @type any
|
--- @type any
|
||||||
vim.v.option_new = ...
|
vim.v.option_new = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Old value of the option. Valid while executing an `OptionSet`
|
--- Old value of the option. Valid while executing an `OptionSet`
|
||||||
--- autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and the
|
--- autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and
|
||||||
--- kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
--- the kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
||||||
--- global old value.
|
--- global old value.
|
||||||
--- @type any
|
--- @type any
|
||||||
vim.v.option_old = ...
|
vim.v.option_old = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
--- Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
||||||
--- @type any
|
--- @type any
|
||||||
vim.v.option_oldglobal = ...
|
vim.v.option_oldglobal = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
--- Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
--- `OptionSet` autocommand.
|
||||||
--- @type any
|
--- @type any
|
||||||
vim.v.option_oldlocal = ...
|
vim.v.option_oldlocal = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--- Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
--- Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
--- `OptionSet` autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
--- `OptionSet` autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
||||||
--- @type string
|
--- @type string
|
||||||
vim.v.option_type = ...
|
vim.v.option_type = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ vim.v.throwpoint = ...
|
|||||||
--- `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
--- `json_encode()`. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
||||||
--- as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
--- as a String (e.g. in `expr5` with string concatenation
|
||||||
--- operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5` or
|
--- operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in `expr5` or
|
||||||
--- `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
--- `expr7` when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
--- @type boolean
|
--- @type boolean
|
||||||
vim.v['true'] = ...
|
vim.v['true'] = ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -806,8 +806,8 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
defaults = false,
|
defaults = false,
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
||||||
space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
|
space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal
|
||||||
of text.
|
blocks of text.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
full_name = 'breakindent',
|
full_name = 'breakindent',
|
||||||
redraw = { 'current_window' },
|
redraw = { 'current_window' },
|
||||||
@@ -1507,12 +1507,12 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
] tag completion
|
] tag completion
|
||||||
t same as "]"
|
t same as "]"
|
||||||
f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
f scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
|
||||||
F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be specified.
|
F{func} call the function {func}. Multiple "F" flags may be
|
||||||
Refer to |complete-functions| for details on how the function
|
specified. Refer to |complete-functions| for details on how
|
||||||
is invoked and what it should return. The value can be the
|
the function is invoked and what it should return. The value
|
||||||
name of a function or a |Funcref|. For |Funcref| values,
|
can be the name of a function or a |Funcref|. For |Funcref|
|
||||||
spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and commas with
|
values, spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and
|
||||||
double backslashes ('\\') (see |option-backslash|).
|
commas with double backslashes ('\\') (see |option-backslash|).
|
||||||
Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
|
||||||
starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
|
||||||
their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
their start position for replacing text may differ from other
|
||||||
@@ -1751,7 +1751,8 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
||||||
Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
||||||
- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
||||||
useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
|
useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on
|
||||||
|
MS-Windows.
|
||||||
- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
||||||
'shellslash'.
|
'shellslash'.
|
||||||
For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
||||||
@@ -3760,7 +3761,6 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
||||||
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||||||
This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||||||
NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
full_name = 'formatexpr',
|
full_name = 'formatexpr',
|
||||||
modelineexpr = true,
|
modelineexpr = true,
|
||||||
@@ -5243,9 +5243,9 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
cb = 'did_set_langremap',
|
cb = 'did_set_langremap',
|
||||||
defaults = false,
|
defaults = false,
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
|
When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting
|
||||||
a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings, make
|
from a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings,
|
||||||
sure this option is off.
|
make sure this option is off.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
full_name = 'langremap',
|
full_name = 'langremap',
|
||||||
scope = { 'global' },
|
scope = { 'global' },
|
||||||
@@ -5282,8 +5282,8 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
||||||
typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
||||||
update use |:redraw|.
|
update use |:redraw|.
|
||||||
This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be set
|
This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be
|
||||||
temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
set temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
||||||
flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
flickering or cause a slowdown.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
full_name = 'lazyredraw',
|
full_name = 'lazyredraw',
|
||||||
@@ -8429,9 +8429,6 @@ local options = {
|
|||||||
'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
'shiftwidth'. If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
|
||||||
different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
'softtabstop' is temporarily set to 0 when 'paste' is on and reset
|
|
||||||
when it is turned off. It is also reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
|
||||||
enabled. See also |ins-expandtab| ans user manual section |30.5| for
|
enabled. See also |ins-expandtab| ans user manual section |30.5| for
|
||||||
in-depth explanations.
|
in-depth explanations.
|
||||||
|
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:false" when used
|
||||||
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
||||||
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
exiting = {
|
exiting = {
|
||||||
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
type = 'integer',
|
type = 'integer',
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on.
|
||||||
Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled. Setting
|
||||||
this variable to zero acts like the |:nohlsearch| command,
|
this variable to zero acts like the |:nohlsearch| command,
|
||||||
setting it to one acts like >vim
|
setting it to one acts like >vim
|
||||||
let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
|
let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
|
||||||
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
See |json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
See |json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:null" when
|
||||||
used as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
used as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
operator) and to zero when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5|
|
||||||
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
or |expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
In some places `v:null` can be used for a List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
that is not set. That is slightly different than an empty
|
||||||
List, Dict, etc.
|
List, Dict, etc.
|
||||||
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
option_command = {
|
option_command = {
|
||||||
type = 'string',
|
type = 'string',
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
Command used to set the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
value option was set via ~
|
value option was set via ~
|
||||||
"setlocal" |:setlocal| or `:let l:xxx`
|
"setlocal" |:setlocal| or `:let l:xxx`
|
||||||
@@ -557,35 +557,35 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
option_new = {
|
option_new = {
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
||||||
autocommand.
|
autocommand.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
option_old = {
|
option_old = {
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
|
||||||
autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and the
|
autocommand. Depending on the command used for setting and
|
||||||
kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
the kind of option this is either the local old value or the
|
||||||
global old value.
|
global old value.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
option_oldglobal = {
|
option_oldglobal = {
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
Old global value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
option_oldlocal = {
|
option_oldlocal = {
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
Old local value of the option. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
|OptionSet| autocommand.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
option_type = {
|
option_type = {
|
||||||
type = 'string',
|
type = 'string',
|
||||||
desc = [=[
|
desc = [=[
|
||||||
Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
|
||||||
|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
prevcount = {
|
prevcount = {
|
||||||
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ M.vars = {
|
|||||||
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
|json_encode()|. This value is converted to "v:true" when used
|
||||||
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
as a String (e.g. in |expr5| with string concatenation
|
||||||
operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5| or
|
operator) and to one when used as a Number (e.g. in |expr5| or
|
||||||
|expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
|expr7| when used with numeric operators). Read-only.
|
||||||
]=],
|
]=],
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
val = {
|
val = {
|
||||||
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user